JUNE 1938 GENERAL SERIES NUMBER 29 ARIZONA STATE TEACHERS COLLEGE AT TEMPE BULLETIN CATALOGUE ISSUE FOR THE SESSION OF 1938~1939 TEMPE, ARIZONA PUBLISH EC QUARTERLY IEN'rE;"ED AB SECOND-CLASS MA.Y'TER, NOVEMBER 30, OFFICE' ... T TEMPE. ARIZONA.. 1931, AT THE POST· UNDER: THE ACT OF AUGUST 24. 1912. BULLETIN ARIZONA STATE TEACHERS COLLEGE GENERAL SERIES JUNE. 1938 NUMBER 29 CATALOGUE ISSUE FOR THE SESSION OF 1938-1939 TEMPE, ARIZONA Entered as Second-Class Matter, November 30, 1931, at the Postoffice at Tempe, Arizona, Under the Act of August 24. 1912. COLLEGE CALENDAR 1938 - 1939 FALL SEMESTER. 1938 First Faculty Meeting ............................ 7 :30 P. M., llr1onday, Sept. 5 Assembly of Freshmen. Opening of Freshman Week................. . --------------------------------------------------------9 :00 A. M., Tuesday, Sept. 6 Registration ............ Thursday, Friday, and Saturday, Sept. 8, 9, 10 Instruction begins ............ ------------------------------·-----.. ----Monday, Sept. 12 1\.lid-semester scholarship reports due .................... Thursday, Nov. 10 Homecoming Day ............ ----------------------------····-····-----Saturday, Oct. 29 Thanksgiving recess ................ Thursday, Nov. 24 to Sunday, Nov. 27 Christmas vacation ............ Saturday, Dec. 17 to Sunday, Jan. 1, 1989 Final examinations ...... _____ ----------------------·····-·-·-·--------···-·-··------·---Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, Jan. 23, 24, 25, 26 Last day of fall sernester ........ --------········--······-------·--····Friday, Jan. 27 SPRING SEMESTER. 1939 Registration .......................................... Monday, Tuesday, Jan. 30, 31 Instruction begins, second sernester ...................... Wednesday, Feb. 1 ).lid-semester scholarship reports due ........................ Friday, Mar. 31 Spring vacation ............................ Friday, April 7 to Monday, April 10 Last day for filing senior scholarship reports ............ Friday, May 19 Baccalaureate Service .................................................... Sunday, ~lay 28 Alumni Induction Ceremony ........................................ Monday, ~lay 29 Commencement Exercises ............................................Tuesday, May 30 Final examinations .. Wednesday, Thursday, Friday, May 31, June 1, 2 SUMMER SESSION. 1939 Summer session opens. Registration ............................ Monday, June 5 First summer term ends .................................................. Friday, July 7 Second summer term begins. Registration ................ Monday, July 10 Summer session ends................................................ Friday, August 11 Registration, fall semester, 1939 .................................................. .. ................ ·----------------··Thursday, Friday, Saturday, Sept. 7, 8, 9 ~-ote: Dates given for vacations are both inclusive. TABLE OF CONTENTS Introductory College Calendar _____________ --------.. ----------------------------------·--Official Directory ___________________ ----·---------------------------·····-------- ...... 3 7 State Board of Education .. --------------·······--------------------- ---------------- 7 College Board of Education_____________________________________________________________________ 7 Official Board of Visitors.-----------------------····-··-------------------------- 7 Alumni Officers____________ ····------------········ ············-·····- 7 Officers of Administration I<'aculty PersonneL_____ . -----8 -------·····-··· ··-·------ ............. 9-12 ·' The College Accreditation ----···-··--· Purpose and Objectives History of the College 13 --............ 13 ..................... 15 The College Setting Location ···-······- ............................................................ Campus College Buildings Stadium _-·-----------Heating System................................. . ...... 16 17 18 2l 22 General Information Alumni Association Extension Division.. Extension Classes.········--·---·----Correspondence Courses. Sumnier Session __________ _ Placement of Teachero;... _ 23 25 25 25 27 29 Training Schools 30 Library 32 Fees and Student Expenses __ 34 Basic Expenses . Deposits ···············-·········---·--------· 1.Iiscellaneous Fees ................. Financial Responsibility of Students .. Assistance to Students .. Funds .......... ·-····----·------Employ1nent of Students Awards and Prizes .................... L011 n Administration Graduation 39 39 39 40 42 Credits ······----- ----·······-··· Student Program. 1Iarking System._ Scholarship Standard::;_ .&. ttendance 34 36 ········----·-----------------·· 36 38 Reg-ulations. Student Life and Student Welfare LiYing Arrangements ....... _. Dormitories for "\Vomen __ Dormitories for Men .. Off-Campus IIon:>ing _ 1fedical Care .. 42 " "" 44 ······--·------ --·-·-·-·· 45 49 "50 49 50 51 Extra-Curricular Activities ---··-·-· ······-···········----- ····-·-------····-·····-·--- 52 Student Organizations ·---········--·-·····--·········-··--------·········-·-···--·········· 57 Professional and Departmental Organizations.-·-······--·-· -·······--.. 57 Social Organizations---·-······-····--·-·····--·-·················--·················-·················-··-··· 62 Religious Organizations ...................... ---·--·-····················-·-·-···· 64 Admission to the College .......... -·-············-·--·-····---···-························ 65 General Qualifications for Admission __·--·--·········-·-··············-···············-···--·-··· Physical and Health Examinations ..·-·-·------···-·-·-·-·-··············-···-··············-··· College Aptitude Test-------·-··-·--··--············-·---···-··········-·-··-·-···-·-··············-·--·········· Alternative Qualifications for Admission·--··-·····--·-·-···----··-··········--·········---·Transfers from Junior Colleges..... ·-······-··--················-··-··········-·-·-·-·····-··-····· 65 65 65 66 66 Registration ··········-······-·········-····--·················--------·····--······-··-··········-- 68 Degrees, Curriculums, and Certification ______ .................................. . 70 Lower Division Curriculum.......·-···········-·-·---····-··-······-- ···-······-··--·-··--··-----· Standard Curriculum····--········-··-··--···-·······································--·- ··-·-·-Kindergarten-Primary Curriculum............. ·········-··-·---·- ....... Secondary Curriculum ··--·-····-····-····-·-···- ···--····-··········· Optional Elementary Curriculum ······---·-·-··-···········-···- ..... ·······-···· ··-·-···-· Special Curriculum... _................................. _____________________ .......... Degrees Conferred....·-···--·····-······---···········- ······-·······--·-····-···-··- 70 72 73 74 75 76 77 Graduate Study -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 78 Requirements for the Master's Degree ................................................................ 79 Courses of Instruction ... ·---- ·-·---···-···-···--- __________________ 81-196 Art ···············-... ···--················· .................... ···········-··-·······-·-·-·-··········--··- 82 Agriculture --···--------····-·-·-·······-··--···-·- 88 Commerce ·······-······- ········-·--·-···-··-----·····-···---·---·-········---············-····-······ 92 Education ............. . .................... ·········-··-······--··· ·····-········-·-·-·-·-······106 English and Speech .................... ········--·-·························· ........................... 115 Home Economics ·············-···-········-·-----·--········-··-·-··--·-·-·- ·--··-·-·-··--·····.. ·········122 Industrial Arts................. ············---·-····----····-·-···· ....................................128 Foreign Languages......... ···-·········-----············ ---·······-··················-·-·-··143 Mathematics ·······-········· ································-···-· ···································--····-· ............ 14-8 Music ·---·····--·-·-··············- .... ····-···-·-·-·············--·-···-·-·-·-·······................... 151 Physical Education ...... ·····-····-··-·---.....160 Psychology ····-····---··-····--·····-······-·-···.................. 169 Sciences ··-·-·-···-····---··-······· ·········-·-·······- ········--········ ·················-······ ..........172 General Science....................... ... ··--·--···-- ····----·····························--·178 Geography and Geology....... _ ············-···-··············-··-··········-·············-·---·-·---···179 Biological Sciences...... ···-······-·····-················· ...................................................... 182 Chemistry ·······-··-············· ........................ .......... 185 Physics ................ ....... ······-·-·--······-······-·---·-··--·-··-··· ...... 187 Social Studies·---·-·····-·--······-··································· ·····-····--····· .............. 189 Statistics for the Year ---··································--····--------·--·----·-----···--197 Summary of Registration and Enrollment___________________ ........................... 197 Summary of Graduates ..----·-····-··-··-·······-···--·-·············--··-··-·--·--·---···-··· ......... 197 Commencement, 1938 ···-····--------············--·--·-················-···-···-········-··· 198 ~8a~~:~0 ~r0 ~~;1~nf.nE~1!~fJ~~-~~::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::J~~ Honor Graduates·-··---·-··-···········-··-·--··-······-·-·····--······-·-···-····· ··········-··-····· ........ 200 INDEX ---------------·--··-----------------------------------------------·- - ________________ 201-204 OFFICIAL DIRECTORY STATE BOARD OF EDUCATION C. HIS EXCELLENCY, RAWLEIGH HON. H. E. STANFORD Governor of Arizona Phoenix HENDRIX, Ph.D. State Superintendent of Public Instruction Secretary of the Board Tucson DR. AaRED ATKINSON President, University of Arizona DIL Tempe GRADY GAMMAGE President, Arizona State Teachers College at Tempe DR. T. J. TORMEY President, Arizona State Teachers College at Flagstaff Flagstaff Tucson MB. MARVIN L. BURTON County Superintendent of Schools, Pima County MR. A. W. HENDRIX Principal, Prescott High School Prescott Safford Ma. LAFE NELSON Superintendent of City Schools, Sa.t!ord BOARD OF EDUCATION, TEACHERS COLLEGE DR. H. E. HENDRIX Superintendent of Public Instruction Phoenix Tempe MR. JOHN J. CURRY, Sa. Secretary of the Board Phoenix MR. JOHN R. SANDIGE BOARD OF VISITORS MR. CHARLES A. STAUFFER MR. E. M. MACHMER Phoenix Phoenix Mesa - MR. CLARENCE W. PADDOCK omcERS OF ALUMNI ASSOCIATION VERNON TuCKEY, '34 President JOHN KENDALL, '33 Vice-President LEONA M. HAULOT, '02 Secretary-Treasurer Glendale Tempe Tempe omCERS OF ADMINISTRATION GRADY GAMMAGE, LL.D. President of the College Dean and Director of Extension J. 0. GRIMES, Ph.D. F. M. IRISH, B.A. Registrar MILDRED M. BLAm, M.A. Dean of Women IRA D. PAYNE, A.M. Director of Training and Placement CHARLES WEXLER, Ph.D. Director of Correspondence Study JAMES E. WERT, A.M., Ph.D. Director of Graduate Study MARY L. BUNTE, A.B. Secretary to the President SIBYL MAY Financial Secretary LAURA DOBBS Cashier B.A. Bookkeeper BARBARA BENSON, B.A. Secretary in the Placement Office GILBERT N. CADY, THOMAS JEROME COOKSON, IDA G. "\V1LSON, A.B. Librarian A.B. - IRENE M. REED, B.A. Secretary to the Librarian Recorder AMELIA KUDO BE JOSEPHINE DURHAM, EDVVARD R.N. Health Service EARLE POMEROY, A.B. Head JOHN R. ALLEN, M.A. SALLIE DA'\-~S HAYDE.""'l, A.B. Head Resident, South Hall Head Resident, North Hall Head Resident, Carrie Matthews Hall HURST l\.iARGARET \V ALSII, A. B. THOI\i1AS LILLICO, A.B. ROBERT R. Resident, Alpha Hall Head Resident, East Hall HELEN M. HANSHUE EVA Assistant Librarian KRAUSE MRS. ROBERT R. KRAUSE - - - - Head Resident, \Vest Hall Alumni Secretary, Graduate l\fanager Steward, Dining Hall Matron, Dining Hall FACULTY 1938-1939 GRADY GAMMAGE, A.M., LL.D. President of' the College A.B., A.M., LL.D., University of Arizona.. ARTHUR J. MATTHEWS, LL.D., D.Pd. President Emeritus LL.D., Syni.cuse University; D.Pd., University of Arizona. JOHN R. ALLEN, M.A. - In:;truclor in Physical F.du<'ation M.A., University of Arizona. SYLVIA THERESA ANDERSON, A.M. - Instructor in Education Instructor in Camp Fire Leadership Training Teacher, Campus Elementary School B.Pd., Michigan State Normal College; B.S. in Ed. and in Elementary Supervision, Teachers College, Columbia: A.M. University o! Michigan. MERLE ANSBERRY, M.A., Ph.D. A;;sociate Professor C'f Speef'h and Df"hate A.B., M.A., University o! California; Ph.D., University o! Wiscon.sin. C. R. ATKINSON, !\LA., Ph.D. - Professor of Commerce A.B., George Washington University; A.M., Ph.D., Columbia University. BESS BARKLEY, Il.A.. · ln:;tructor in .:llusic B.A., GEORGE MONROE BATEMAN, U~versity of Arizona. M.S., Ph.D. - Professor of Chemistry Head of the Department of Science B.S. Utah State Agricultural College; M.S., Ph.D., Cornell Universit:- MILDRED MARGARET BLAIR, M.A. A.B., Oberlin College; Dean of Women M.A., Claremont Colleges. ESTHER L. BREWER, NI.A. Instructor in Nursery School and Home ::'.lrrnagen1ent B.S., University of Wiscor..siil; M.A .• Teachers College, Columbia M.A. FRANK M. BUCKLEY, - A.ssistant Professor of English B.A., Holy Cross College; M.A., Yale; M.A .. Harvard UruYersity. ARNOLD H. BULLOCK, B. 11us. Graduate A.ssistant in )Ju.sic B.Mus., Yale University. MAl of California; Litt.D., Hillsdale College. THE COLLEGE PUllPOSE AND OBJECTIVES Arizona State Teachers College at Tempe is accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools as a degree-granting institution. It is also a member of the American As· sociation of Teachers Colleges. The chief purpose of the College is to educate teachers for the elementary and secondary schools of Arizona. A wide selection of courses in liberal arts and sciences makes provision for the cultural background for dynamic and successful teachers. There is an adequate offering of professional courses to give the essential grounding in the theory and technique of teaching, keeping pace with the latest developments in the sciences of education and psychology. Ample opportunities for participating in actual teaching are provided through an adequate system of training schools, and through special arrangements with the school authorities in neighboring cities. Specialization in future teaching is provided for through a system of majors and minors whereby a student may build on his general background a special knowledge in his particular :fields of interest. A program of extra-curricular activities gives to the student the advantage of participation in forms of self-expression more directly under his control. Through these activities, desirable personal and social qualities are established. A comprehensive program of physical training and health education is designed to insure the symmetrical development of the individual student in health and physical competence and to secure the establishment of correct health habits looking t-0,vard a greater civic usefulness. Emphasis is laid upon the importance of student-faculty contacts and social directional influences through dormitory living and through the counsel of faculty advisers to societies and other student groups. Departmental advisers exercise a close supervis1on over the study programs of students. For the personal problems of individual students, there is a system of guidance through the offices of the Dean of the College and of the Dean of Women. 14 STATE TEACHERS COLLEGE It is highly desirable that prospective teachers plan to spend all four years of their professional education in one institution that offers an integrated program of liberal arts, professional courses, and activities, and that emphasizes throughout the objectives and ideals of the teaching profession. In the Teachers' College, the state provides the means whereby graduates of approved high schools are enabled to enter a profession which solves the problems of self support and civic usefulness, and at the same time, renders the state a service of great value. Experienced teachers, desiring to improve their status, find here an opportunity to complete their requirements for advanced certification. With the recent development of a liberal arts background for the teaching profession, the teacher's curriculum has much in common with the curricula leading to degrees in other professions such as law, medicine, engineering, and dentistry. Such common liberal arts elements include English composition, literature, French, German, Spanish, trigonometry, analytic geometry, calculus, physics, chemistry, geology, history, sociology, and economics. These courses are open to students who are interested in professions other than teaching and who find it convenient to take part of their general preprofessional work at Tempe and later to transfer to other colleges. For such students special programs of selected courses are arranged and planned to meet their individual needs. Such students will enjoy the advantages of the moderate costs of living and the greater amount of individual attention possible in classes of moderate size. Through the five-year curriculum, facilities are provided whereby students may carry their studies beyond the bachelor's degree, to qualify for the master's degree and for secondary certification. A further objective of the College is to continue the of the ~nstitution for culture beyond graduation through of the placement office and through contacts maintained alumni by the organization of alumni centers in various the state. influence activities with the parts of Correspondence courses and evening courses and summer sessions afford opportunities to teachers for improvement in service and contribute to the spread of learning throughout the common- wealth. HISTORY 15 HISTORY An act of the Legislative Assembly of A. rizona under date of March 10, 1885, made provision for the establishment at Tempe of a school for the instruction and training of prospective teachers. The first class was graduated from the Ten1pe K ormal School in 1887. At that time the entire institution '\Yas housed in a single one-story building. During the years \T"hich follo""·ed, the attendance gradually increased, and \vith the growing public interest, the course of instruction was expanded year by year, new buildings replaced the historical structure, and from time to time additions were made to the faculty personnel. For many years it was found necessary to provide facilities for high school training preparatory to the two-year normal school course, but by the year 1919, the growth of the high schools throughout the state had made it possible to eliminate the high school curriculum from the program of studies offered by the Normal School, and the entire attention of the faculty was devoted to the two-year normal school curriculum offered to hi~h school graduates and leadin~ to a diploma entitling the holder to teach in the elementary schools and the junior high schools of the state. In 1922 the Tempe Normal School Alumni Association sponsored a movement to raise the grade of their Alma Mater to that of a standard Teachers College. After three years of thorough public discussion, in January, 1925, the question was presented to the Seventh State Legislature in the form of a bill which was passed unanimously by that body and signed by Governor Geo. W. P. Hunt on March 7, 1925. By the provisions of this bill, the Tempe Normal School became Tempe State Teachers College, with the power to establish a four-year college curriculum in education, and the authority to confer upon its graduates the degree of Bachelor of Education. An act of the Ninth Legislature changed the name of the col~ lei:e to read, ARIZONA STATE TEACHERS COLLEGE AT TEMPE, and at the same time authorized the Teachers College to grant the degree of Bachelor of Arts in Education. This is the degree now conferred upon those who complete a four year curriculum. Those to whom this degree is granted are thereby entitled io receive the Arizona elementary certificate. In March, 1937, an act of the Thirteenth Legislature authorized the College to grant the advanced degree of Maater of Arts in Education. This degree was conferred for the first time on May 31, 1938. THE COLLEGE SEmNG LOCATION Tempe is in all respects an ideal location for a teachers' colle&"e. One might characterize it as a town of pleasant homes, numbering about 3,000 residents, and situated in the center of Salt River Valley, the wealthiest and most productive irri2'ated district in the United States. While enjoying freedom from many of the disadvantages and distractions of a larger city, yet this community is within easy reach, by automobile or by hourly motor bus, of Phoe- nix, the capital and largest city of the state. Three trans-continental highway systems are routed past the college campus, and the prinpal state highways feed through this route. Thus the college is easily reached from any direction by motor coach or private automobile. The Southern Pacific main line gives direct communication east and west, and connects at Phoenix with the Santa Fe line serving the northern part of the state. The climate at this moderate altitude of 1,100 feet is ideal during the entire school year. Snov.; is unknown in the Valley, rain seldom mars plans for outdoor activities, and hi&"h winds are rarely experienced. Cloudless skies and bright sunshine are the rule, permittini" the work of physical education and athletics to be conducted in the open air throughout the year. Those who enjoy life out of doors will find a delight in the attractive natural features of Papago Park, a National monument, set aside for the preservation of the native fauna and flora of the desert. This park, including in its limits 2,000 acres of rolling arid country, lies just across the Salt River, within fifteen minutes from the college campus, and here one may quickly reach most attractive spots for hikes and picnic parties among the fantastic rocky ridges and shady hollows of the Elfin Hills, while such easily accessible elevations as View Point and Hole-in-the-Rock command views of the entire valley with its 300,000 acres of cultivated land stretching av.'ay to a horizon rimmed by blue ranges of rugged mountains. The park includes within its limits a chain of beautiful artificial lakes beloniiing to the state bass hatchery and a remarkable natural amphitheater available for the use of nei&"hboring communities for pageants, concerts, and similar public programs. Among the features of interest within easy reach by automobile for week-end excursions are the Superstition Mountains rising to an elevation of five thousand feet and remarkable for their innumer- z -r. z LOCATION OF THE COLLEGE 17 able examples of grotesque rock sculpture. Each year many hiking parties make use of the interesting trails leading to the summit. An hour's drive brings one to a chain of beautiful artificial lakes, the storage reservoirs of upper Salt River. Stewart Mountain reservoir, Canyon Lake, Apache Lake, and the great Roosevelt reservoir offer unexcelled opportunities for bass fishing and boat racing. The famous Apache Trail leading to Roosevelt Dam and the great reservoir, and the Superior Highway tapping one of the richest copper districts, are among the finest examples of mountain road building in the world. The wooded banks of the Verde River offer beautiful sites for week-end camping trips. A municipal swimming pool, the finest in Arizona, is located in a beautiful park a short half mile from the campus. This pool conforms to A.A.U. regulations, and is available for all manner of swimming contests. The existence at Phoenix of many large industrial establishments, and the accessibility of great irrigation projects, power plants, and copper mines and reduction works offer unusual advantages for interesting and instructive excursions in connection with many of the college courses. These excursions serve for the accwnulation of a wealth of subject matter and materials of value to the future teacher in service. CAMPUS The setting of the College is exceptionally attractive. The campus comprises forty acres of fine level land within convenient walking distance of the business portion of the town, and is arranged in a most attractive manner, with broad shady lawns, cement walks and paved drives and a profusion of trees, shruba and flo\\·ers. The twenty buildings are distributed over the grounds in two groups, between which extends the College Avenue drive, flanked by double rows of thrifty elms. In the distance one looks out toward the mountains, with their ever-changing lights and shadows and wonderful coloring. Portions of the lawn are specially arranged for flood lighting and are at the disposal of students for class parties, receptions and other social functions which derive much of their charm from being held in the open. Ample facilities are provided for outdoor recreation in wellkept tennis courts of cement concrete, screened basketball cou~ and fields for speedball, volleyball and women's baseball, archery and golf. 18 STATE TEACHERS COLLEGE The athletic field occupies a tract of ten acres at the south end of the campus. The football field and the baseball diamond are maintained in perfect condition. A modem lighting system permits the use of the field for evening games and for pageantry productions. The new concrete stadium affords comfortable seating for 4,000 spectators. The main highway which borders the athletic field on the south gives easy access. Ample parking space is provided. A tract of thirty acres within a half mile of the campus is equipped as a model farm, thus affording ample opportunity, close at hand, for experimental and practical work in all lines of agriculture. This tract is particularly valuable in preparing teachers to take charge of 4-H Club work and other club work in the elementary schools. COLLEGE BUILDINGS The original group of buildings of red brick and stone has grown up with the main building as a center, and encloses on three sides the Quadrangle of green ]awn, having in its center a fountain in which pond lilies may be seen in blossom during the greater part of the year. On the west side of the main drive is a more recent group of buildings in cream-colored pressed brick, the tone of which blends harmoniously with the landscape. The dominant note in this late group is the Arts Building, with its imposing lines and dignified proportions. During the past two years an extensive building program has been carried out. All buildings have been thoroughly repaired and renovated and several have been remodeled. The addition to the library building has doubled its capacity. A new housing unit to accommodate one hundred students has been added to the group of women's dormitories. The new concrete-steel stadium on the recently acquired extension to the athletic field houses the shops, laboratories, and classrooms of the industrial arts department. An addition to the men's gymnasium has greatly increased the floor space for showers, dressing rooms, and lockers. A new central heating plant has been erected and service lines have been reconstructed. Farm buildings have been removed to the new college farm a mile south of the campus. A new women's athletic field has been developed and the new women's building houses the women's gymnasium, classrooms for women's health education, and a social center for off.campus women. BUILDINGS 19 Main Building. The early traditions of the days of Tempe Normal School cluster about the MAIN BUILDING, with its three stories of ivy-covered red brick, which for many years after its erection in 1894, was the scene of nearly all student activities. With the growth of the institution, one department after another has been separately housed until at the present time this parent building is devoted chiefly to classrooms for the academic work. Science Hall faces the Quadrangle on the east. The lecture rooms, offices and laboratories for chemistry and physics are located on the first floor while those for biology, geography and geology occupy the second floor. The College Auditorium is located on the west side of the Quadrangle, opposite the Science Hall. Seating capacity is provided for one thousand persons and the forty foot stage is well equipped with modern scenery, spot and flood lights, dressing rooms and showers, carpenter shop, make-up supplies, paint cabinets and stock properties sufficient to stage dramatic work of a high order. The College Bookstore, conveniently located in the basement of the Arts Building, is kept stocked with all necessary textbooks and stationery supplies. The Training School is located close to and south of the central group. It is a one story structure of brick in the SpanishColonial style with open corridors or colonnades enclosing an attractive patio. Here are located the offices of the Director of Training with assembly rooms and classrooms for the kindergarteii., the grades and the junior high school. Many ne\V features of lighting and arrangement are incorporated in the plans, and the furniture and equipment have been selected to conform to the latest accepted criteria. A special library of four thousand volumes suited to the work of the grades is housed in this building, and the playground adjoining is fitted with modern apparatus, permitting the play activities of the pupils to be carried on under the direct super· vision of the teachers. The Dining Hall is in a central location, conveniently reached from all dormitories. This is a thoroughly modern building and embodies in its construction late ideas with regard to sanitation, lighting and ventilation. The large, airy, well lighted kitchen is provided with a hotel range, steam cookers and charcoal broiler, and modern types of labor-saving machinery. The bakery is a 20 STATE TEACHERS COLLEGE model of its kind, with electrically driven machinery for mixing cakes and kneading bread. The brick oven, one of the finest in the state, has a capacity of 250 loaves. The ample refrigerating and cold storage plant enables the steward to buy and store meats and other perishable foodstuffs in large quantities, an important factor in the low cost of board. The food is carefully selected and scientifically prepared. The dining room is under the direct supervision of a specially trained matron who is responsible for the cleanliness and efficiency of the service. A recent addition has doubled the floor space of the dining room. A modified cafeteria or buffet system of serving meals has so increased the capacity that five to six hundred students are served at each meal. The Infirmary is located in a quiet section of the campus, and is a fire-proof structure of brick and concrete with properly equipped examination room, operating room, women's and men's isolation ward, nurses' suite and every other essential feature contributing to the proper care of those cases of illness which cann.ot be handled effectively in the dormitories, such as cases requ1r1ng surgical operation or cases of contagious disease requiring isolation of the patient. The President's Residence is a substantial two-story brick structure, completing the plan of the main group of buildings. Adjoining it on the west is a beautiful lawn which is provided with electrical flood lighting and is the scene of many social events of the year. The June Commencement exercises are held upon this lawn which affords seating room for three thousand people. The buildings upon the western half of the campus form a distinct group, conveniently located and harmonizing in color and architectural design. The Arts Building is a modern fire-proof building of concrete construction faced with cream pressed brick, which houses the departments of commerce, home economics, art and music. Matthews Library and Administration Building is the newest ad· dition to the Campus. It is of steel and concrete construction faced with cream brick and thoroughly fireproof. The entire upper floor is occupied by the library and reading rooms, the appointments of which embody the latest ideas in library equipment. The lower DORMITORIES 21 floor houses the offices of the president, the president emeritus, the dean, the registrar, the recorder, and the financial secretary. The central location of this important building facilitates access both from classrooms and from the dormitories. Its fireproof character insures the safety of the library and the valuable instructional and financial records. The new addition to this building has doubled the capacity of the reading room and the stack room, and provides numerous classrooms, committee rooms and conference rooms. The installation of a system of air conditioning of the latest type maintains an equable temperature in the enti1·e building at all seasons. The Men's Gymnasium is located on the athletic field at the south end of the campus. The floor space is ample for basketball, athletic exhibitions, and other public events as well as for the regular floor work connected with the physical education program. There is adequate provision for showers, locker rooms, and dressing rooms and for the storage of apparatus. A raised gallery is provided for spectators. The Women's Gymnasium, located south of the \Vomen's dormitories, represents a new departure in college bulidings being constructed of adobe, a material well suited to the climate. Panels of ornamental brick work adorn the facade. The main hall, 68 by 100 feet, serves as gymnasium and social recreation hall. Classrooms are provided for theory work in physical and health education, and there are commodious shower and dressing rooms with ample locker space. Special rooms are set aside for the accommodation of off-campus women. This building is designed to serve not only as a gymnasium but as a social center for the actiYities of student body groups. Stadium and Industrial Arts. This new fire-proof structure is so planned as to provide an amphitheater to seat 4,000 spectators at the athletic events, and at the same time to house the shops of the industrial arts department. The building fronts on College Avenue and careful attention has been given to the problems of correct lighting and convenient arrangement of shops and laboratories. Dormitory Buildings. The donnitories are planned to serve as homes for the students. The facilities provided in all these buildings are practically uniform. All rooms are provided with electric light, steam heat, and hydrant water, and all are completely furnished with rug, dresser, study table, and chairs. Each student has the use of a wardrobe closet. Bathrooms are conveniently 22 STATE TEACHERS COLLEGE placed on every floor, and every attention is paid to details of san· itation. By means of ample screened sleeping porches provision is made, that all students sleep in the open air the whole year round. Infirmary rooms are set aside in each dormitory and prop.erly equipped for the care of cases of slight or temporary illness. In each dormitory living quarters are provided for a head resident, who exercises supervision over the occupants at all times. Carrie Matthews Hall for women is a thoroughly modern structure of concrete faced with cream pressed brick. Each sleeping porch is adapted to accommodate four young women, that is, one sleeping bay to every two rooms. One of the most attractive features of this building is the large and well lighted TP.creation room. South Hall and North Hall, both for women, are situated in the west half of the campus. Each of them accommodates seventyfive students, with the same character of furnishings and equipment as in the other halls. These two halls are joined on the west by the new West Hall, erected in the summer of 1936, which provides rooms and sleeping quarters for one hundred women students. Alpha Hall, a men's dormitory, in which the general equipment and furnishings are similar to those of the other dormitories, accommodates sixty young men. East Hall, another dormitory for men, comfortably accommodates one hundred thirty-five students. In addition to the standard students' living rooms and the large sleeping porches, this dormitory furnishes a completely equipped room for the free use of those students who desire to do part of their own laundry work. There are also two large parlors, with piano, and broad shady verandas are welcome in the students' leisure hours. HEATING SYSTEM During the few months in the year when artificial heat is required, all buildings- on the campus are heated by steam from a central heating plant located south of the dining hall. The boiler house conforms, in its architectural features, with the other buildings of the eastern group. Two powerful boilers furnish the steam for the system of tunnels which distribute the supply pipes to all buildings on the campus. This system of concrete tunnels carries all electric wiring of the lighting, telephone and power systems under-ground. A third boiler supplies hot water under pressure to all buildings, thus effecting a considerable economy in fuel. GENERAL INFORMATION THE ALUMNI ASSOCIATION All graduates of the College automatically become active members of the Alumni Association. Students who have attended for at least one semester and who have withdra\1111 from the institution in good standing automatically become associate members. Including the class of 1938, the association now numbers 4,677 active members, the majority of whom reside in the state of Arizona. This large group of influential citizens, through efficient organization, has become a potent force in promoting the welfare and advancement of the College. All loyal alumni take pride in the recent rapid growth and development of their Alma Mater, and it is their desire further to perfect their organization that it may continue effectively to serve her interests. Endowment Fund. Confident that a teachers' college education is a most valuable asset in any walk of life, the alumni desire to extend to others the benefits of such preparation. With this objective in view, the association has conducted a vigorous campaign to raise a ten thousand dollar fund for the assistance of worthy students who need financial aid. Under the leadership of "The Father of the Endowment Fund," Clarence M. Paddock, '03, and with the co-operation of successive groups of officers of the association this fund has grown beyond expectations and now amounts to approximately $15,000. In the few years since the establishment of this fund, over 300 students have practically owed their graduation to timely assistance received from this source. It is the purpose of the association to keep the principal intact, the interest to be used for student assistance, therefore it has been the practice to make loans only to seniors in their second semester. Alumni Awards, Desiring to give recognition to high scholastic achievement and to promote high scholarship standards in the College, the Alumni Association offers a number of awards to outstanding students. The Alumni Plaque hangs in a prominent place in Matthews Library. On this plaque is inscribed each year the name of a senior who is chosen as being outstanding for scholarship and other meritorious achievement. Scholarships. Four fifty-dollar scholarships are offered each year to graduating high school seniors. These scholarships will apply toward the expenses of the recipients during their freshman year in the College. 24 STATE TEACHERS COLLEGE The C. M. Paddock Fellowship will be awarded each year to a graduate student selected under conditions to be determined by the administration of the College. The High School Cup is to be a\varded annually to that Arizona high school whose graduates, enrolling in the College, attain the highest scholarship average as based on a group of three representative students. Regional Alumni Banquets. An outstanding achievement of the Alumni Association was the consumtnation of the plans for the state-wide series of regional banquets which were conducted as a feature of the celebration of the Golden Jubilee of the College in 1935. There has been a disposition on the part of the alumni to continue to hold these enjoyable regional meetings as annual or biennial events. The stimulus of these events has led to the establishment of permanent alumni organizations in the various counties. A list of county chairmen is printed here for the information of members. Cochise _________________ Vessa Wright Merrill, '05 ................ Warren, Arizona North Cochise ......Albert R. Spikes .... ---····----··········---·-···········--------Bo\\'ie Gila ...................... Norman Clements .................. 316 Apache St., Globe Graham ............... ..James H. :rviangum, '24 ................................ Thatcher Greenlee ...............Anna Priest-------------------------········-·------···-·----···-Clifton Pllna........ -------------F,rank Kleinman ................................................ Tucson Pinal. ................... Harvey Tyson ..... -----------------------------------·--····-Florence Santa Cruz ..........Lloyd Ledford .................... 124 Smelter St., Nogales Yavapai ................Merrill Windsor........ --------------------Box 505, Prescott Yuma ................... Mrs. Vade Long, '28 .......... 710 Orange Ave., Yuma Annual Reception. The annual reception and banquet of the association is held on the evening of Alumni Day, giving every member an opportunity to renew old friendships and to pledge anew their loyalty to their Alma Mater. The date for the next reception and banquet is tentatively set for April 29, 1939. Alumni Register. A card file is kept in the alumni office, which contains the name and present address, so far as known, of every active member of the alumni association. Members are earne~ ly requested to assist in the work of keeping this alumni register up to date by forwarding to the office of the Alumni Association a notice of each change in name or postoffice address. All correspondence relative to change of address or to other alumni affairs should be addressed to: THE ALUMNI SECRETARY Arizona State Teachers College Tempe, Arizona. EXTENSION DIVISION Many teachers who desire to continue their studies while actively engaged in teaching find it impossible to attend the regular sessions of the College. In response to this demand, the Extension Division has been established and offers two types of service: extension courses and correspondence courses. By these two methods, the regular courses of the college curriculum are made available to the teacher in service at a moderate cost. EXTENSION CLASSES Extension classes are given by regular mem.bers of the college fa,rulty in the cities or to\vns within easy reach of the College or as evening courses on the college campus. By taking advantage of courses thus offered, teachers are enabled to accumulate the credits needed for the renewal of certificates or for the completion of requirements for the degree. These courses carry either two or three hours of credit and are identical in every respect with the corresponding courses offered in the regular session. Courses in any department of the college will be offered when there is sufficient demand for them. For the organization of a class in any course, a minimum of twelve students must be registered. Classes are organized in September of each year. Since the selection of courses to be offered is determined largely by the number of applications received, it is important that applications for specific courses be filed with the Director as soon after September first as possible. The fee for all extension courses is $5.00 per semester hour of credit carried, and is payable at the time of registration. CORRESPONDENCE COURSES Through the use of the mails, the privileges of the college campus and services of the teaching faculty are extended to the student whose daily occupation is such as to prevent enrolment in the regular sessions. Persons desiring to enroll for correspondence courses will write to the Director of Correspondence Study for an enrolment blank 26 STATE TEACHERS COLLEGE and a copy of the Bulletin of the Extension Division. When this enrolment blank, properly filled out and accompanied by remittance to cover the fee, is received by the extension office, the first lesson assignment will be mailed to the student with directions for study. The bulletin lists the courses offered from which the student may select those in which he desires to enroll. The fee for all correspondence courses is $5.00 per semester hour of credit carried. Credit earned in extension classes and in correspondence courses may be applied toward the bachelor's degree, subject to the rule that not more than one-fourth of any curriculum leading to the degree shall be taken in extension classes or by correspondence, and not more than half of ,this shall be done by correspondence. Correspondence courses are not accepted for credit toward the degree of Master of Arts in Education. No student may enroll for correspondence courses during the time that he is registered for courses in residence, either at this College or at any other institution. N-o student doing resident work may enroll for an extension class course if the latter constitutes an overload in the opinion of the standards committee. All inquiries concerning extension classes or correspondence courses should be addressed to Dr. Charles Wexler, Director of Correspondence Study. THE SUMMER SESSION A Summer Session of ten weeks is conducted annually by the College to meet the needs of superintendents, principals, "Supervisors, teachers, and students who wish to meet certification requirements, or to work toward the completion of requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Arts, or the degree of I\olaster of Arts in Education. The summer session also meets the needs of those who wish to earn extra credits for transfer to other colleges and universities, or f-0r general culture. All the educational facilities of the College are available to the summer students. Instruction is .given by members of the regular faculty. All the advantages of the enlarged Matthevrs Library are placed at the disposal of the students, as well as full laboratory and shop facilities. All classes meet in the forenoon, leaving the afternoons open for reference reading, study, laboratory work, or recreation. Under these conditions, it is possible for instructors to give attention to the individual needs of the students to a greater extent than is practicable in the larger classes and fuller program of the regular session. Summer Session Credit. The summer session consists of two terms of five weeks each. By holding classes six days a week, or for equivalent time, it is possible for a student to earn as much as six semester hours Qf credit per term, or twelve semester hours for the full period of the summer session. Full residence credit is given. By this are enabled to use the summer session to graduation. In three summer sessions, the may be satisfied, and a full year's work may arrangement, students acquire credit toward residence requirement be completed. Admission to the Summer Seaaion. In general, the applicant f-0r admission will be expected to present evidence of graduation from an approved four year high school, or evidence of good standing in an accredited college. Mature students, over 21 yea.rs of age, are admitted without the above qualifications, but with the understanding that all standard admission requirements must be made up before they can become candidates for the bachelor's degree. For admission to graduate study leading to the degree of Master of Arts in Education, a bachelor's degree from an accredited institution is required. 28 STATE TEACHERS COLLEGE Graduate Study. The summer session offers an excellent opportunity for superintendents, principals, supervisors, and other teachers, who have already acquired the bachelor's degiree, to do graduate work leading to the degree of Master of Arts in Education without loss of time in their professional capacity or sacrifice of salary. The residence requirement for the advanced degree may be met by attendance in three full summer sessions. Fees and Expenses. The tuition fee is $20 per term, or $36 for the full ten week session. A library fee of $1.00 is required of all summer students. Textbooks and stationery may be purchased at the college bookstore on the campus. Board and rooan for the summer may be obtained at moderate rates. One dormitory for women is open to summer students. Requests for the Summer Session Bulletin and inquiries for special information should be addressed to The Director of the Summer Session. PLACEMENT OF TEACHERS The Placement Bureau of the College is maintained to assist graduating students in securing suitable teaching positions, and to help promote successful Tempe teachers in the field. It seeks at the same time to serve the best interests of the superintendents, principals, and school trustees of the state who desire to secure teachers adapted to the peculiar needs of their particular schools. All graduating students enroll with the Placement Bur~au each term, filling out the appropriate blanks and receiving full information and instructions relative to securing a position. Full records are kept on file in the Placement Office at the Training School. These records consist of ( 1) student practice teaching records, (2) recommendations from faculty members who are familiar with the student's academic work, ( 3) reports of supervisors and critics on the quality of work done in directed teaching, and ( 4) scholarship ratings. The record also includes personality ratings and a photograph. Copies of these records are sent out upon application to superintendents, principals, or trustees; or they can be examined and reviewed by them when they visit the Placement Office. Superinten,dents usually prefer to select their teachers after personal interviews, and by actually seeing them at work in their class- COMMERCE STUDENTS 29 rooms. Many take advantage of the opportunity to visit the training schools and observe the performance of prospective teachers. Although the Placement Bureau cannot guarantee the placement of students upon graduation, every effort is made to place all graduates in positions suitable to their training and ability. Requests for teachers to fill positions, reports of vacancies, and all other correspondence relative to placement should be addressed to I. D. PAYNE, Director of Placement, Arizona State Teachers College, Tempe, Arizona. PLACEMENT OF COMMERCE STUDENTS The Department of Commerce maintains its own bureau of employment ~·ith tv;ro offices, one at the College and one in Phoe· nix. One of the staff members, Mr. E. J. Hilkert is directly in charge of this phase of activity. Students \Vho desire the assistance of this bureau must make both written and personal application. A service of collecting references and recommendations for those students \vho are enrolled in the bureau is offered in connection with its placement work. Introductions to prospective employers in various fields of industry. To those students who have been unable to make a choice of their life \\'ork, the bureau offers advice with information about vocations and help in deciding upon a career. The campus office of the bureau is in the Department of Commerce, located on the third floor of the ~4.rts Building. THE TRAINING SCHOOL UNDER DIRECTION OF MR. PAYNE Tempe Teachers College maintains three distinct schools for the training of student teachers. Each of these presents its own particular type of problems so that the institution is enabled to provide special training for practically all the different types of teaching that graduates will have to encounter upon entering the professional field. Opportunities offer themselves for training in all grades from kindergarten or pre-primary through the junior high school, the consolidated school, and the town school. All these schools are organized and maintained as regular public schools and class conditions are made to parallel as nearly as possible those in the other public schools of the state. For the information of prospective students, a description is here given of the several training schools, their equipment and the nature of the work accomplished in each. The Campus Elementary School. This school is organized on the same general plan as the regular schools of the state, but offers many advantages beside the ordinary grade school work. The kindergarten, first, second and third grades are consolidated into a primary unit, and here special attention is given to the social development of the primary children. The intermediate grades are treated as a unit for auditorium work, music, play, and athletics. Pupils with special musical ability are permitted to play in the junior high school orchestra, and the children have organized sev~ eral clubs for the study of nature, science and literature. A Camp Fire organization is maintained for the girls of these grades, and boys who are qualified are admitted to the junior high school troop of Boy Scouts of America. The Junior High School. In order to meet the growing demand for teachers who are specially trained for junior high school work this unit has been organized and in operation for several years. Here the sixth, seventh, and eighth grades are administered as a separate unit but as an integral part of the training school system. The junior high school idea is carried out by means of the flexible program, departmentalized work, a limited number of electives, adaptation to individual differences in abilities, needs and interests. Assembly and home room periods and the organization of social and THE TRAINING SCHOOL 31 other extra-curricular activities are carried on as part of the regular school program. Beside the traditional subjects, there are courses in physical education including class instruction, supervised play, and athletics for both boys and girls; home economics; shop work consisting of woodwork, forge work, and sheet metal; general science; typing; Latin; Spanish; art courses especially adapted to the needs of junior high school pupils; and music. The music program includes glee clubs and orchestra. Individual instruction is given on the various orchestral instruments. Agricultural education is elective and is carried on by means of boys' and girls' clubs organized and sponsored by the agricultural department of the college in cooperation with the State extension work in agriculture and home economics. Unusual advantages are enjoyed by the pupils due to the fact that they have access to the equipment of the col· lege, including gymnasium, athletic field, playground, shops, labora· tories, gardens, farms, libraries, and auditoriums. The chief extra· curricular organizations are the Camp Fire Girls' unit and the troop of Boy Scouts. Social activities are closely correlated with the school life of the pupil. Eighth Street School. By special agreement with the local board of trustees the Teachers College has charge of the town school located on Eighth Street at Mill Avenue. This school, com· prising grades one to eight inclusive, is located in an attractive setting with large, grass covered play grounds fully equipped with modern apparatus for physical training and outdoor games. The building with its large, airy rooms and tasteful decoration, is admir-ably adapted for the training of children in the primary and inter· mediate grades. The younger children have their own manual training shop and domestic science room. The older children have access to the shops and laboratories of the college. The music and art work is under the supervision of members of the college faculty, and opportunity is afforded for glee club and orchestra work. The prime objective of the operation of Eighth Street School is to fur· nish special teacher training to college students who are interested in Americanization work and the problems connected with teaching non· English speaking primary children. Rura1 School. For several years an arrangement has existed with the trustees of a neighboring school district whereby the Teach· ers College takes full charge of the operation of this school as a training school for the preparation of teachers to supply the rural schools of the state. This school is under the immediate direction of a trained rural supervisor, and the student teachers are furnished 32 STATE TEACHERS COLLEGE transportation forth and back by college bus, which arrangement enables them to do their teaching without inconvenience or interference with the classroom demands of their collegiate schedule. The enrollment at this school includes the children from Rohrig School, Dist. 50. These children are brought to the school center at Rural by bus. Every effort is made to keep the conditions typical of rural situations elsewhere, so the student teachers may learn to meet actual rural pro bl ems. THE COLLEGE LIBRARY Matthews Library. The main library occupies the entire upper floor of the Matthews Library and Administration Building. The general reading room will accommodate 200 persons and the reserve book room, set ap3'rt for reserves and other books used for collateral reading, will seat an additional hundred students. The stack room has an ultimate capacity of 86,000 volumes. This library now contains over 20,000 volumes and about 4,000 bound volumes of periodicals. In addition, there are several hundred unbound volumes of periodicals, bulletins, and reports. The library is a designated depository for the educational and agricultural publications of the United States Government. At the present time, the library receives regularly 200 general, educational, and technical periodicals. The subscription list also includes the leading daily newspapers of the country and many of the daily and weekly newspapers of the state. Attractive features include the browsing room dedicated to the late Professor J. L. Fe1ton, a conference room, an Arizona Room for all materials on Arizona and the Southwest, and carrels in the stack room for the use of students and teachers doing research work. The use of the stacks is open to the faculty, to seniocs and graduate students, and to others who register for stack privileges. Fees. Of the fees paid by each college student at the beginning of each s.emester, $2.00 goes to the library. A library fee of $2.00 (withdrawable at any time) is required of all persons not directly connected with the college who wish to use the libral"Y· Individuals borrowing books by mail pay the carriage charges both ways. (' .\'.\[f'l'S H03[E O F T HE l'l !E,.;1nEXT LIBRARY 33 Hours. During the college year, the main library is open from 7 :30 A. M. to 6 :00 P. M., every week day except Friday and Saturday, and from 7 :00 P. M. to 9 :30 P. M., four nights a week. On Fridays it is open from 7 :30 A. M. to 5 :00 P. M.; Saturdays from 9 :00 A. M. to 4 :00 P. M. It is closed on Sundays and on all holidays. Rules. A printed copy of the rules regulating the circulation of books and the use of the library is furnished to each student. Training School Library. In addition to the general library, there is a children's library in the Training School. This collection contains about 3,000 carefully selected juvenile books covering all types of literature. The purpose of this library is two-fold: first, to develop the children's taste for the best in literature and to teach them the use of reference material in connection with their studies; second, to familiarize student teachers with a select collection of juvenile literature, and to supply them with material to use in teaching. The book collection is supplemented by a large collection of pictures, by a selection of outstanding juvenile periodicals, and by a textbook exhibit for enrichment of directed teaching. In each half-semester, two student teachers are given the opportunity for actual experience in library administration. This ineludes the care of the library, care of the books, keeping of records, a brief study of library science, reading of outstanding books, and a study of children's literature and illustrators. This work carries the same credit as other directed teaching. FEES AND EXPENSES BASIC EXPENSES Activities Fee. Every student is required to pay an activities fee of $30.00 each year. This fee is payable in two equal instalments, one at the beginning of each semester. This fee must be paid before the student ia permitted to attend classes. Part of this fee is used for the costs of registration, college annual, and items of expense related to student welfare, such as health service, assembly programs, and socializing activities. $10.00 is budgeted under the direction of the Associated Student Council for extra curricular activities, such as athletics, student publications, music, dramatics, and student recreation. Auditors. Those who wish to audit one or more classes without expectation of college credit must pay the regular activities fee. A student registered as an auditor in any course will not receive credit for the course under any circumstances. Students carrying full load ordinarily will not be permitted to audit additional courses. Tuition. Tuition is free to all students who are citizens of Arizona. No student, however, is exempt from the payment of the annual activities fee. Tuition for Non-Resident Studenta. Every non-resident student shall be required to pay a non-resident fee of $12.00 each semester. A student to be considered a resident of the State of Arizona, for the purpose of registering at the Arizona State Teachers College at Tempe, must present evidence: First, if under twenty-one years of age, that the supporting parent (or guardian) has been a bona fide resident of the State of Arizona for at least one year preceding registration. Second, if over twenty-one years of age, that bona fide residence in the State of Arizona has been established for at least one year, and that he has become a qualified registered elector. Textbooks. The necessary outlay for books and stationery varies from $20.00 to $30.00 per year. The college book store is under the management of the business office of the College. All textbooks used in the college classes are on sale in the store located in the arts building. As the bookstore is operated at a very small overhead cost, the students enjoy the advantage of a considerable saving in this important item of expense. MINIMUM EXPENSES 35 Library Fee. A library fee of $2.00 each semester is payable at the time of registration. Laboratory Fees. Fees will be collected each semester to cover the cost of materials in certain courses. With few exceptions, these fees are not returnable, in whole or in part, and in no case can any refund be allowed after 30 days from the first day of the semester. Physical Education Equipment. All students will provide themselves with the gymnasium suit especially designed for students enrolling in P. E. 101-102; 103.104; 111-112. This suit must be purchased at the college bookstore and costs approximately $4.00. Board and Room. The fee for board on the campus and dormitory roo~ i.s $25.00 per four week month. The fe_e for board and room is payable monthly, in advance, on a date set by the business office. No allowance nor refund will be made for vacations, absence over week ends, or absence due to disciplinary action. Students who are absent for one week or more for unavoidable reasons, may arrange for payment of half the usual rate for the period of such absence. Summary. The following summary includes the fees and minimum expenses incurred by a student living in a dormitory for one college year : Activities fee ($15.00 per semester) _________ ···---------···--·· $30.00 Library fee ($2.00 per semester) _____________________________________________ _ 4.00 0.00 Tuition (free to Arizona students)-----------·--------·Books and stationery (approximately) ···-------·-··-·-·- 25.00 Laboratory fees (approximately)_ -------·-·-·-·5.00 Gymnasium outfit _________________________________ _ 6.00 Board and room ( 9 months)---·· 225.00 $295.00 To this amount must be added the student's necessary personal expenses for clothing, personal laundry, recreation, and other items. A student registering for the first time should be provided with cash to the amount of $75 or $80 for necessary initial expenses. Graduation Fee. A graduation fee of $10.00 is due at the time of making application for the bachelor's degree. Master's Degree. A fee of $10.00 is due from each applicant for the degree of Master of Arts in Education at the time of admission to candidacy. 36 STATE TEACHERS COLLEGE Degree in Absentia. A student who is granted pernuss1on to receive a degree in absentia shall pay an additional fee of $5.00. DEPOSITS Dormitory Room Reservation. A deposit of $5.00 shall be made by prospective dormitory residents when they request a room res· ervation in advance of the opening of the college year. No room will be reserved until the deposit is paid. No refund of a room reservation deposit may be made after August 20, to any student who does not enter a dormitory. If a student has made the $5.00 dormitory room reservation deposit, no payment of breakage deposit will be required at the time of registration. Breakage Deposit. At registration, every student who has not already paid the dormitory room reservation deposit, shall make a deposit of $5.00 at the business office. If all fees are paid, this amount will be refunded at the close of the year, or upon authorized withdrawal from the college, less deductions for damage to College buildings or equipment, loss of library books or other property, or other charges against the student's account. In order to receive the refund of the breakage deposit, the student must present, at the business office, a clearance card, duly signed by the designated officers of administration. Locker Key Deposit. A charge of $1.00 shall be made as a deposit for each locker key. This deposit will be refunded upon return of the key. Cards for locker keys may be obtained at the business office. Towel Deposit. Students registered in any physical activity class must pay a fee of $1.50 for the use of towels for the semester. Fifty cents of this fee is retained as laundry fee per semester. Laboratory Deposits. Laboratory deposits will be collected to cover breakage and materials in certain courses. These deposits minus the cost of material destroyed, are returnable at the close of the year. MISCELLANEOUS FEES Fee for Late Registration. Students who register after the date set for regular registration are required to pay an additional fee of five dollars. Fee for Late Transcript. A fee of $1.00 will be charged to each new student whose transcript of record from the high school or college previously attended is not on file in the office of the registrar on the date of registration. This fee will be refunded upon presentation by the student, within thirty days from the date of registration, of a statement from the registrar's office that the transcript has been filed. MISCELLANEOUS EXPENSES 37 Fee for Late Class Card. A fee of one dollar will be charged for each class card held more than one week after the date announced for filing. Fee for Change of Program. A fee of fifty cents is required for change in the program as arranged on the student's registration card after the first week of any semester. Fee for Reinstatement. A student who has been dropped from a class because of irregular attendance may be reinstated by the standards committee if, in their opinion, the circumstances warrant such action. For such reinstatement, the student shall be assessed a fee of one dollar. Fee for Special Examination. When, because of absence, or for any reason, it becomes necessary for a student to request a special examination in any course, a fee of $1.00 \vill be required for this special privilege. Fee for Transcript of Record. A student is entitled to one transcript of record without charge. For each additional transcript a fee of one dollar is charged and remittance should accompany the request for additional transcripts. Official transcripts of record are forwarded directly to the institution to which the transfer of credit is to be made. Ordinarily transcripts are issued within a week after receipt of the request. .J\.t registration time, at mid-year, and at the close of the college year, unavoidable delays are likely to occur, THEREFORE REQUESTS FOR TRANSCRIPTS SHOULD BE FILED WELL IN ADVANCE OF THESE TIMES. Board Only Fee. A fee of $20.00 per four-week month payable monthly in advance on a date set by the business office, is required for board at the college dining hall from students vlho are not dormitory residents. Allowances and refunds shall be on the same basis as for dormitory residents. Meal Tickets. For the accommodation of students not living in Tempe, who wish to eat only one or two meals a day at the college dining hall, meal tickets will be supplied at the rate of twenty meals for $5.00. Meals for Guests. There is a charge of 40 cents per meal for guests entertained at the college dining hall. Single Room Fee. There shall be an extra charge of $2.00 per month for the exclusive use by one person of a dormitory room. As a rule two students share a room. 38 STATE TEACHERS COLLEGE Residence Off the Campus. Board and room may be secured, subject to faculty approval, in private homes in Tempe at rates somewhat in advance of the regular dormitory fees. Women students who desire to engage room and board outside campus limits must first obtain approval of the Dean of Women and they must agree to observe all regulations adopted for the government of off-campus women. Payment of Fees. Checks, drafts, and post office or express money orders should be made payable to the Arizona State Teachers College. Refund of Fees. One-ha1f of the activities fee and one-half of the non-resident tuition fee may be refunded within the first three weeks after the first day of instruction, if withdrawal is caused by conditions beyond control of the student. One-fourth of the activities fee and one-fourth of the non-resident tuition fee may be refunded within the second three weeks after the first day of instruction, if withdrawal is caused by conditions beyond control of the student. The Associated Student activity ticket must be surrendered to obtain any refund of activities fees. Certain laboratory fees may be refunded up to fifteen days after the first day of instruction and one-half refunded between fifteen and thirty days after the first day of instruction. Requests for such refunds must be signed by instructors. Attention of State of Arizona lege education at of that incurred prospective students is invited to the fact that the here provides the advantages of a first class colan expense to the student not greatly in advance by the average young man or woman at home. This, together with the fact that there is in Arizona a constantly increasing demand for well-educated teachers, is worthy of thought,. ful consideration by those who, having completed the work of the high school, are contemplating the continuation of their education along professional lines. FINANCIAL RESPONSIBILITY By a ruling of the Board of Education, activities fees and laboratory fees are payable on the day of registration and no credit can be extended. Students may not enroll for any semester until all bills previ· ously incurred have been paid, nor will credits be transferred to other institutions or applications approved for graduation until al1 accounts have been paid, or satisfactory arrangements made for their payment. ASSISTANCE TO STUDENTS LOAN FUNDS A fund for the assistance of worthy students has been established by the Tempe Teachers College Alumni Association through the active interest ?f some of its members. Loans from this fund are made at a nominal rate of interest and under favorable conditions to second semester seniors recommended by the faculty as being worthy of financial assistance. Scholarships totalling $200 annually are awarded by the Alumni Association to a limited number of seniors selected by a representative committee on the basis of economic need, academic scholarship, leadership, and self-help. The Charles Trumbull Hayden chapter of the Daughters of the American Revolution has established a fund which is available for the use of responsible and worthy students during the entire year inunediately preceding their graduation. Other funds for student aid have been set aside by certain civic organizations. Students wishing to avail themselves of the advantage of loans from these funds should apply to the President of the College for full information and instructions. STUDENT EMPLOYMENT A nun1ber of positions on the campus are assigned each year to students who by this means are enabled to earn part or all of their dormitory expenses. This work includes care of buildings, hall work, care of linen, library and dining hall service, stenographic, typing, clerical work, and other work of similar character. It is customary for a student accepting such employment to pay the dormitory fee for the first month in advance. The student employee is then paid by check at the end of each month. Students desiring to avail themselves of such employment will apply to the office of the president for the usual blank forms on ~lhich to make application. The criteria used for the selection of applicants for student employment are as follows: 1. 2. 3. Genuine economic need. General scholarship. Special ability in some particular field. 40 STATE TEACHERS COLLEGE 4. 5. 6. Ability to do satisfactorily such work as is available. Good citizenship. Evidence of leadership. In the assignment of positions preference is given to residents of Arizona. A WARDS AND PRIZES The Moeur Medal. This prize, offered by Mrs. B. B. Moeur of Tempe, in memory of her husband, the late Dr. B. B. Moeur, is awarded each year at commencement to the graduate of the standard teachers' curriculum who attains the highest standing in academic work during the four years inunediately preceding giraduation. All the '\vork must have been done in residence during the regular sessions of the College. The Moeur Pin, also offered each year by Mr,s. B. B. Moelltl', is awarded at commencement to the graduate of the standard teachers' curriculum who ranks second in scholarship under the conditions prescribed for the awarding of the Moeur Medal. The Harvard Club of Arizona offers to the junior students of the college a "Harvard Book" for the best essay on some topic connected with Arizona. The subject-matter, as well as the treatment, must be original. Competition for the prize has resulted in much research work and in the production of many valuable and interesting essays on Ariiona. Kappa Delta Pi, national honor society in education, each year makes t\vo awards for superior scholarship. Twenty-five dollars is given to the student completing the lower division with the highest cumulative index for at least sixty units of work taken at Tempe. The Kappa Delta Pi Pin is awarded each year to the graduating senior attaining the highest scholarship index for at least thirty semester hour units of work taken during the senior year at Tempe. The Will H. Robinson Award. A gift of twenty-five dollars is awarded to a selected freshman student at the beginning of the second semester in each year. This award is made in memory of AW ARDS AND PRIZES 41 Will H. Robinson, and is based on scholarship achievement during the first semester, weighted with the number of hours the student may have been working for pay. The Commerce Club Plaque. Each year the Commerce Club awards to the most outstanding graduating student from the Department of Commerce the Commerce Club Plaque. The most outstanding student is selected upon the basis of scholarship, service, personality, and leadership during the four years of college. The recipient of the av,rard must have made during the four years of college a grade index of not less than 8.00. Alpha Mu Gamma Award. The Alpha Mu Gamma honorary fraternity offers each year an award to a graduating student selected for excellence in the study of foreign languages. Alumni Association Awards. The Alumni A. ssociation offers a limited number of awards and scholarships which are described on another page. Quaid Scholarship in Applied Piano. A full scholarship in applied piano for the year 1938-39 will be given to the freshman student who stands highest in piano sight-reading, repertoire and general musicianship. Examinations will be held Friday morning of Freshman week. ADMINISTRATION CHANGES IN REGULATIONS 1. The administration reserves the right without notice to make whatever changes in regulations or practice may seem to be for the best interests of the college. CREDITS 1. The college year is divided into tv-lo semesters of eighteen weeks each. 2. The unit of credit is the semester-hour which represents one fifty minute hour of class work per week for one semester of eighteen weeks, supplemented by such additional class, library, or laboratory work as the given course may require. As a rule, two hours of outside preparation or the equivalent shall be required for each hour of class work. 3. The standard requirement for graduation in any four year curriculum is one hundred t>venty-six semester hours of credit. 4. No credit is allowed for experience in teaching. Each candidate for the bachelor's degree is required to teach one semeg.. ter in the training school, under supervision of the training teachers. The student teaches one half day each day during the semester. For this work, ten semester hours of credit are given. Exception to this rule is made in the case of teacheni who present satisfactory evidence of successful experience, on account of which they may be permitted to substitute five hours of academic credit for the second quarter of student teaching provided the first quarter of student teaching is completed satisfactorily. 5. Students who have transferred from other teachers' colleges, with advanced credit for at least five semester hours of practice teaching, and who present satisfactory evidence of a considerable period of successful teaching experience with the recommendation of former superintendents or other school authorities, may, with the approval of the director of the training school, be excused from all practice teaching requirements. STUDENT PROGRAM 1. The normal student program or normal load is sixteen units each semester. The minimum load for a student regularly enrolled in any curriculum is twelve units. In particular cases, by spe- STUDENT PROGRAM 43 cial action of the standards committee, a student may be permitted to carry a lighter load for one semester, otherwise one who is carrying less than the minimum load will be registered as an irregular or unclassified student. 2. Excess load. Special faculty action is necessary to permit a student to register for an amount of work in excess of that prescribed in a given curriculum. Application for such excess work must be made in writing on the prescribed form to the standards committee, and must give a detailed statement of work regularly assigned and additional work desired, together with the student's reasons for the special consideration. As a rule, no consideration will be given to such a request unless the record of the applicant has attained a satisfactory scholarship index for the semester immediately preceding. The higher the index, the larger the load permitted. 3. During the semester in which a student is enrolled for practice teaching, the maximum load shall be sixteen semester hours. 4. Upper Division Program. At least two-thirds of the work of a student in the junior and senior years shall consist of advanced courses open only to juniors and seniors. 5. Extension Courses. Not more than one-fourth of any curriculum leading to the bachelor's degree shall be taken in extension classes or by correspondence, and not more than one-half of this shall be done by correspondence. 6. Enrolling in Courses. No person is permitted to attend any class or course without regularly enrolling for the work. At the beginning of each semester, the student enters the course by the presentation of the class card signed by the registrar or by a member of the registration committee. After the date of regular registration, a student who desires to enter a given course will obtain from the registrar a card for change of classification, properly filled out; will present this card for the signature of the instructor in charge of the course; and will then file the card in the office of the registrar. No credit will be allowed for work in any course unless the student is regularly enrolled in the manner here prescribed. 7. Auditing Courses. A student who desires to audit one or more courses without credit may do so with the approval of the registrar and the consent of the instructors concerned, provided the regular activities fee is paid. Such auditors will present the usual class card for admission to classes, but the card will be marked "not for credit". 44 STATE TEACHERS COLLEGE 8. Procedure for Dropping Couraes. A student who, after regularly enrolling in any course or class, desires, for any reason, to withdraw therefrom, must obtain from the office of the registrar a card for change of classification, properly filled out and signed by the registrar. This card will be presented to the instructor in charge of the course or class, and when signed by the instructor, v.rill be returned to the registrar's office. Failure to attend to this formality will result in a grade of E being recorded in the course or class dropped. In case a student withdraws from the college, it is necessary to follow this procedure for each of the courses which are thus to be dropped. MARKING SYSTEM In order to determine the scholarship standing of students, the instructor, as a rule, assigns a score-point value to each exercise, project, test, or examination required of the class, each student being rated according to the aggregate of score-points attained. Scholarship ratings on the report cards and on the student's permanent record are indicated by letters of the following scheme: A, Superior accomplishment. B, Excellent; above middle half. C, Middle half of class or section. D, Passing, but below middle half. E, Failure, requiring repetition of the course. Cr, Credit ('vithout defining grade). Inc. Incomplete, but may be brought to passing grade by complying v,rith certain conditions prescribed by the instructor. W, Course dropped in the regular manner. A mark of incomplete in any course must be made up and the passing grade recorded in the office not later than the end of the next following semester, otherv.dse the mark will be recorded a failure. Honor points (quality points) are assigned to the various grade marks as follows: A, B, c, D, E, 4 points per semester hour. 3 2 1 0 points per semester hour. points per semester hour. point per semester hour. points. SCHOLARSHIP STANDARDS 45 The Scholarship Index. The scholarship index is obtained by dividing the number of honor points acquired by the number of 11eID.ester hour units for which the student has registered. Cr courses are not included in computing the index. Reports. Twice in each semester, each student receives a report showing his standing in each course taken. These reports are presented to the student in conference with the head of the department in which the student has chosen his major. The department head thus becomes the student's adviser throughout the period of his attendance. Upon request a copy of the student's quarterly report will be forwarded to the parent or guardian. The mid-semester report is issued in order that the student may be advised of the state of his progress, but only the final semester marks are entered upon the student's permanent record. SCHOLARSHIP STANDARDS Eligibility for Athletic Competitions. The student's eligibility to enter intercollegiate athletic competitions is determined by the rules of the Border Intercollegiate Athletic Conference. Eligibility for Admission to Society Membership. In order to be eligible for admission to membership in any extra-curricular society or other organization regularly meeting in study-hour time, a student must have a scholarship index of 2.00 or better in all courses carried for the quarter or semester immediately preceding, and any member of such a society or other organization whose quarterly or semester report shows a scholarship index of less than 2.00 shall be suspended from active work in the organization for one half-semester. Unsatisfactory Scholarship. A student who has a relatively low scholarship index for a given semester will be required to carry a reduced program during the semester next following. Disqualification. A student who, in any semester, shall receive failing grades in as much as fifty percent of the total number of units for which he is registered shall thereby be disqualified for work at this College for the period of one semester. A student who is disqualified a second time can be reinstated only by special action of the Executive Council. Repeating Courses Failed. No student shall be permitted to attempt to raise a grade of E to a passing grade without regularly enrolling in the course in question by registration in the office, and 46 ST A TE TEACHERS COLLEGE no student, while repeating a course to replace a failing grade, shall carry more than normal load for the semester unless, in the opinion of the Standards Committee, the circumstances are such as to warrant an overload. ATTENDANCE Students are advised to bear in mind the fact that satisfactory completion of any course im:Plies and requires regular attendance upon lecture and laboratory periods. The following regulation• should receive careful attention: 1. When the number of absences acquired by a student in a given course exceeds the number of credit units assigned to that course, such student shall be required to drop the course without credit. 2. In case an absence is due to severe illness of the student, the penalty prescribed in Section 1, above, may be remitted at the discretion of the Chairman of the Committee on Attendance, provided the student files a written explanation of the cause of the absence on the proper blank form within one week of return to class work. This statement must be signed by the College Nurse who may be found at the infirmary. 3. Private business, however urgent, is not considered a valid excuse for absence from college work. Exceptions to this rule can be made only at the discretion of the Chairman of Attendance. 4. When a student's absence is due to duty assigned by a faculty member, either in connection with college work or extracurricular activity, the explanation of absence will be filed in the same manner and on the same blank form as provided for explanation of absence due to illness, and the form must be signed by the faculty member assigning the duty. 5. A student who is dropped from a course because of unexcused absences, shall receive a grade of E for the course, unless, in the opinion of the instructor, circumstances warrant giving a mark of W. 6. A student who, for any reason, has been absent for a period of two weeks or more, and who wishes to resume class work, must be reinstated by action of the scholarship committee, and such reinstatement shall ordinarily be conditioned upon a reduction of at least three semester hours in the student's total load. A student desiring reinstatement must address a petition to the Sandards Committee immediately upon returning to class work. Failure to GRADUATION 47 secure regular reinstatement under the circumstances described will render the student ineligible to receive credit in any of the courses taken. 7. A student who has been dropped from a class because of irregular attendance may be reinstated by the standards committee if, in their opinion, the circumstances warrant such action. For such reinstatement, the student shall be assessed a fee of one dollar. GRADUATION Credit Requirements for Graduation. A total credit of 126 semester hour units is required for graduation with the bachelor's degree. Specific Requirements. In addition to the completion of the required number of credit units, the candidate for graduation from any curriculum must have completed satisfactorily all prescribed courses specified in the core curriculum., and must have complied with all specifications relating to majors and minors. Major and Minor. Every candidate for graduation with the bachelor's degree is required to complete an approved major and at least one minor, both to be selected in fields other than education. Scholarship Requirement. In order that a student may be eligible for graduation from any four-year curriculum, his general scholarship index must meet the standard prescribed by the faculty. Residence Requirement. A minimum of one year in residence as a regular student is required of every candidate for the bachelor's degree, and the final twelve semester hours immediately preceding graduation must be taken in residence. Exceptions to the rule of final residence may be made by the Standards Committee or by the Executive Council in cases which appear to justify such action. Students who have already established their residence at this College may satisfy the final residence requirement by attendance during one entire summer session of ten weeks under the auspices of this College. Constitution Examinations. Before rece1v1ng the bachelor's degree, the candidate must have on file evidence of satisfactory grades in the examinations for Federal and Arizona Constitutions. The course in Pol. Sci. 100 satisfies this requirement. STATE TEACHERS COLLEGE 48 Application for Graduation, In order to allow time for accurate checking of records, candidates for the bachelor's degree must file an application for graduation in the office of the ,registrar not later than November 15 of the college year during which graduation is expected. In order to receive consideration, each application must be accompanied by the prescribed graduation fee. Blank forms for the application may be obtained at the office of the registrar. Candidates who fail to file application punctually will he scheduled for graduation at a later date. Graduation Fee. The fee of $10.00 for graduation with the bachelor's degree is a charge against the student's account. The degree will not be conferred until this fee is paid. The Master'• Degree. A fee of $10.00 is due from each applicant for the degree of Master of Arts in Education at the time of admission to candidacy. Commencement Exercises. In order to receive a degree, the candidate must be present in person at the commencement exercises in the prescribed academic costume. Exceptions to this rule shall be made only in extreme cases and upon petition to the President of the college. Degree in Absentia. A student who is granted permission to receive a degree in absentia shall be required to pay an additional fee of $5.00 for this privilege. Financial Clearances. Financial clearances must be obtained from the business office immediately preceding graduation. These clearances state that all bills have been paid or that satisfactory arrangements have been made for the payment of the bills. The clearances cover: a. b. c. College obligations. Student body obligations. Library obligations. STUDENT LIFE AND WELFARE LIVING ARRANGEMENTS Dormitoriea for Women. No single college influence may contribute more vitally to the development of the personality and character of a student, than life in a hall with sixty or more other students. Here the problems of living together must be definitely faced, resulting in an experience which may be invaluable to every college man or woman. The dormitories at Tempe Teachers College are managed and equipped so as to insure the maximum values in student life at a minimum cost. For that reason women are asked to live in the dormitories and only under very special circumstances are they allowed to establish locations outside the campus boundaries. When, for any reason, such a privilege seems necessary the request is to be made by parents directly to the office of the Dean of Women. The facilities provided in these dormitories are practically uniform. All rootnB are provided with electric light, steam heat, city water, and are furnished with study table, dressing table, chairs, and rug. Sleeping porches in all dormitories are in use the year POund. Unless by order of a physician, students are not permitted to sleep in their rooms. Generally, each room accommodates two students, although the exclusive use of a room, by one person, may be had when space perm.its, by the payment of an extra fee of $2.00 per month. Limited kitchenette privileges are provided in each hall, but no cooking of any sort is permitted in individual rooms. A laundry room, furnished with hot and cold water, gas plate and ironing boards is available for the laundering of personal belongings. All bed linens ~nd towels are laundered by the college. Vocal or instrumental music is not practiced in any of these halls; arrangement for such work can be made through the music department. Young women are not permitted to be absent from the dormitories overnight without special permission from home being written jirectly to the head resident in charge. Personal Equipment. The following list is the m1n1mum with which students should be equipped when entering the dormitory: 50 STATE TEACHERS COLLEGE Blankets and comforts for single bed. 4 sheets. 2 pillow slips. 4 bath towels. 4 hand towels. Dresser scarf. Ironing blanket. Iron. Hot water bottle. A warm dressing gown. Soft soled slippers without heels. A study lamp. All linens should be clearly marked with the name of the student. Dormitories for Men. Alpha Hall 1 accommodating sixty-three, and East Hall, housing one hundred thirty-five students, are assigned as living quarters for men. Facilities, dormitory rates, and laundry privileges are the same as in the women's dormitories and students should be provided with the same room equipment as prescribed for the women's dormitories. For information regarding rates, fees, deposits, and refunds in all dormitories see statement under the heading "Expenses" on another page. Off Campus Housing. Rooms are available in the homes of Tempe to men or women who do not desire acconunodations in college dormitories. Individual room rents with two people sharing a room range from $7.50 to $10.00 per month. These rooms are approved by the Dean of Women and are the only rooms which registered students may use as residence during the period of attendance at the College. No exceptions can be made unless by special arrangement with the Dean of Women. The administration reserves the right to change the boarding or rooming place of any student living off campus when the owner does not maintain the standard prescribed by the College; when the student is unwilling to co-operate cheerfully with the college management; or in case the student, without first registering with the Dean of Women, takes up residence in an approved apartment. Students who live off-campus may board in the college dining hall for $20.00 per month. Occasionally board may be secured offcampus, with the approval of the Dean of Women, at a higher rate. Generally speaking, living off-campus is more expensive than living in dormitory, and no student should expect to cover such expenses at less than $25.00 per month. The College does not arrange to collect rents nor to stipulate prices for off-campus accommodations. MEDICAL CARE 51 MEDICAL CARE Health Examination. The faculty reserves the right to require medical examination of any student by a physician designated by the College whenever in their opinion, circumstances are such as to demand such examination or to render it advisable. Physical examination by a college physician is required of all entering freshmen. Also each student is given a complete health examination by a physician before being permitted to participate in any type of interscholastic athletics. Medical Care. The activities fee includes medical attention in all ordinary ca.Jes of minor illneaa which require a physician's advice. In such cases, students will be cared for in the college infirmary, and the services of a competent physician will be furnished free of further charge upon the order of the college nurse or other competent authority. In cases of serious or protracted illness, free medical attention will be furnished for the first week only of such illness, after which period the college will no longer assume financial responsibility for the services of physician or nurse. The College will not assume financial responsibility for an7 •urgical operation, nor for any case of illness beyond the first week, nor for any cases cared for in hospitals or premises other than on the campus, nor for unauthorized office calls for the services of any physician. Absence due to Illness. A student who has been absent from classes because of illness must receive written permission fron1 the Director of Health Service at the infirmary before being readmitted to classes. This requirement is designed as a precaution for the protection of the student body against possible infection, and will be rigidly enforced. EXTRA-CURRICULAR ACTIVITIES STUDENT PARTICIPATION IN GOVERNMENT Aaaociated Students. Every student on the campus is automatically a member of the Associated Student Body. Self-government is a challenge to man's self-control and social vision. It provides aecurity and opportunity for constructive action. These broad principles hold whether the unit of government be the nation, the state, the family, or a college community. Student government furnishes the laboratory in which the students may develop their powers of civic leadership. By encouraging student participation in the government of the college, the Board of Education, the President, and the Faculty challenge every student to accept his responsibility for stimulating and regulating student activities, student customs, student welfare, college intellectual life, college moral life, and college social life. In order to carry out this program of participation, delegated powers are centralized in the Student Body Council. This council is composed of representatives from each of the four classes and officers elected by the student body. Regular meetings of the council are held each week. These meetings afford opportunity for the presentation and consideration of any questions affecting student welfare. Associated Women Students. Every girl regularly enrolled in the College is a member of the Associated Women Students. The purpose of this organization is to promote a general feeling of good will and unity among the women students; to support student activities; and to work for the welfare of the College as a whole. The governing body of the Associated Women Students is composed of a president, vice-president, secretary, treasurer, and a representative from each of the various organized women's so. cieties on the campus, with the Dean of Women as sponsor. Each year A WS sponsors a "get acquainted" dance at the beginning of the year; lecture and discussion groups for women; and various "co-cd" formals and parties. An annual meeting of the various women students organizations of the state including representativee from Flagstaff Teachers College, the University, Phoenix Junior College, Gila Junior College, ATHLETICS 53 and Tempe Teachers College, is held to discuss problems of the several institutions and to further friendly relations among the schools. The president of A WS represents the organization at national biennial conventions and sectional conferences. This year the president attended the Western Conference of Associated Women Students at Pullman, Washington. The Combined Council of Women's Halls is made up of six members from each of the women's dormitories, of whom four are house officers and two of whom are elected from the dormitory at large. The dean of women is an ex-officio member. This council makes recommendations to the administration of the College concerning regulations which govern the living standards in the halls. The executive council in each of the halls is responsible for the enforcement of the regulations adopted and approved, subject at all times to the approval of the head resident in charge and to the dean of women. ATHLETICS Since the extra-curricular athletic activities of the College are closely related to the regular instruction in physical education, a very desirable correlation is established between the required courses and the performance of the selected groups of those who are found to be qualified to enter intercollegiate contests. Men's Athletics. The College is a member of the Border Inter Collegiate Conference which includes colleges and universities in Arizona, New Mexico, and Texas, and is represented by teams in the conference football, baseball, and track and field schedules. 4 Separate intercollegiate contests for the freshmen are held in football, baseball, and track and field. A program of intramural and interclass contests in the various major and minor sports affords interesting competition between groups on the College campus. Women's Athletics. The Women's Athletic Association offers a broad program of athletics to all women of the College. Through an intensive intramural and interclass program in all games, sports, and dancing, it is made possible that every woman student shall have the opportunity for participation in some form of activity and recreation. Interscholastic sports and field days, with their wide range of events, afford opportunities for game contact with the University and with the other colleges of the state. 64 STATE TEACHERS COLLEGE Athletic Fielda. On the campus, there are two well appointed athletic fields which provide space fo.r three separate football fields and for two baseball fields. A quarter-mile track surrounds the main football field, and a five-hole golf course is available within campus limits. The main athletic field is equipped with a system of flood lighting, permitting football and track events to be staged at night, greatly adding to the comfort of both players and spectators. The concrete stadium seats 4,000 spectators and the field borders directly upon the main highway, making it conveniently accessible. Women'• Building. An important development in athletic facilities is the new Women's building and women's sports field, located on the west side of College Avenue, opposite the main athletic field. The addition of this building and the improvement of the adjacent grounds makes possible a more comprehensive program with greatly expanded facilities for dancing and for health education. This outdoor sports field comprises two regulation hockey fields, archery range, baseball and volleyball fields, and badminton courts. Located in various parts of the campus are ten concrete tennis courts which are used jointly by men and women students. Intercollegiate Athletic Contests. Eligibility to enter intercollegiate athletic competitions is determined according to the rules of the Border Intercollegiate Conference of which the College is a member. SPEECH ARTS Debate. Each year the college offers an extensive program of intramural and intercollegiate debating. The division of speech arts is affiliated with three forensic leagues-the Arizona Speech Arts League, which every year sponsors a tournament among five colleges in the state; the Western Association of Teachers of Speech, which sponsors an annual fall tournament for all western states; and the Pi Kappa Delta league which holds several tournaments during the year, most of them in the coast states. Students who become members of winning teams are eligible for mem,bership in Pi Kappa Delta, national honorary forensic society. Oratory. Campus orators are given opportunity to compete each year in a number of contests, local, state, and interstate. Each year in the state contest three cash prizes aggregating $100 are offered for the best original oration on International Peace. Representatives of the college in oratory are sent to all state and interstate speech tournaments. ENTERTAINMENT BUREAU 55 Dramatics. The policy of the Drama Workshop embraces several definite objectives: 1. To produce three-act plays of an unusually high caliber. 2. To produce as many one-act plays as are required to satisfy the needs of student actors and student directors. 3. To train students to direct plays and to develop skills in all the branches of production work; costuming, lighting, make-up, scene design, scenery painting, set construction, and theater management. 4. To build cultural appreciations and artistic discriminations in the field of drama. 5. To provide projects for the character development and the personality readjustment of as many individual students a.s can be reached by the facilities described above without detriment to the high quality of the \Vork presented. THE ENTERTAINMENT BUREAU Realizing that the practical training of speech students requires actual speaking experience in live situations before audiences, the speech division of the department of English has inaugurated an Entertainment Bureau which undertakes to furnish entertainers to civic clubs, societies, and other organizations throughout the state. Speech students who attain a high degree of excellence in achievement are allowed to represent the college with speeches, readings, orations, character portrayals, and even short plays. These activities afford an incentive for thorough work and an effective tie-up with classroom theories. Students of music and dancing are encouraged to offer their services through this bureau. MUSICAL ACTIVITIES Opportunities are given for the expression of musical talent in recitals by the students of voice and piano, by the glee clubs, and by the band and the orchestra. College credit is given for regular work in these organizations, and during the year numerous concerts are presented on the campus and in cities throughout the state. Through co-operation with the Entertainment Bureau, qualified music students, both vocal and instrumental, are offered further opportunities for public appearances before the n1any organizations desiring the services of the Bureau. 56 STATE TEACHERS COLLEGE JOURNALISM The STATE PRESS Staff. Under the auspices of the Associated Students, there is published, weekly throughout the year, a sevencolumn, four-page newspaper. Originating years ago as The Tempe Normal Student, the paper was named The Collegian when the institution became a teachers' college. At the beginning of the academic year 1936-1837, the name was again changed to the ARIZONA STATE PRESS. This college weekly, printed on good quality paper, serves as a record of current events of campus life. It is used as the laboratory course for the students in the division of journalism. The journalism instructor serves as adviser, but both the editor and the business manager are appointed by the student council. The experience gained in this activity has a definite educational and practical value, and staff positions are highly prized by the students. A semester's subscription to the publication is included in the activities fee. Constant circulation among the alumni is maintained, and many graduates welcome this method of keeping in touch with campus events and college news. In the National Scholastic Press contest for 1936~37, the ARI~ ZONA STATE PRESS was awarded all-American rank which is the highest possible rating. Only 'four teachers' colleges in the country earned this award. The SAHUARO. Although discontinued for several years, The Sahuaro, Arizona State Teachers College yearbook, will be published again in 1938-1939. Profusely illustrated after the manner of such college publications, it will become an important instrument for preserving the memories and strengthening the traditions of the College. Financial security for this student project is assured by the inclusion of the subscription price in the activities fee. The book will be published by student editors and staff, supervised by the head of the division of journalism. STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS The social and professional inclinations of the students find expression in a number of organizations of widely varying composition and objectives. Among these are honorary fraternities and 1ororities, scientific societies, study clubs, and organizations whose purpose is purely social or recreational. PROFESSIONAL AND DEPARTMENTAL ORGANIZATIONS Kappa Delta Pi is a national honor society organized for the purpose of encouraging in its members a higher degree of consecration to social service by fostering high professional and scholarship standards during the period of college training, and by recognizing outstanding service in the field of education. Eligibility for entrance into the society is based upon these criteria: scholarship, character, professional attitude, future promise, and social adaptability. Candidates for membership are selected from those having full junior standing in the college and whose scholarship rating places them in the upper quartile. ~!embers of the faculty who have accomplished some outstanding work in education are eligible for membership. The monthly meetings of Beta Phi Chapter of Kappa Delta Pi are devoted to programs of papers and discussions pertaining mainly to the field of education. The International Relations Club is an organization of students majoring in the field of social studies and is maintained by the college department of social studies. Membership is based strictly upon the attainment of a specified scholarship rating. By semi-monthly meetings, the organization promotes the discussion of international affairs, and aims to create an interest in matters of nation-wide and world-wide scope, as well as attention to the study of historical events. In its relationships, the club is international, being one of 580 !uch organizations in the various colleges and universities of the United States and scores of similar clubs in foreign countries. It is sponsored by the Carnegie Endowment for International Peace, located in New York City. Through the efforts of this institution a series of books and pamphlets are regularly secured for the exclusive use of the club 58 STATE TEACHERS COLLEGE mem.bers in the college library. From time to time, moreover, the Club secures for the student body speakers on world events and relationships. The club maintains an average membership of about thirty students annually. Lambda Delta Lambda is a national honor society whose aim is to promote interest in the study of chemistry and physics in teachers' colleges. In order to become a member, the student must be regularly enrolled in the college where the chapter is located; at the time of election to membership, he must have completed at least fourteen hours of physics or chemistry or both; he must have acquired honor grades in these subjects. The prospective member also must be interested in the teaching of science and its applications. Sigma Tau Delta, Tau Gamma Chapter. Oldest but one among the national honor societies on the campus, Tau Gamma Chapter of Sigma Tau Delta was installed in February, 1932. Membership is restricted to English majors of high scho1astic rating, and every member is expected to contribute original work in some field of creative writing. Sophomores are admitted as associate members, and upperclassmen are promoted to more advanced degrees on the basis not only of English courses completed with high grades, but also of achievement in original compositions. For the past two years, the chapter has sponsored a ten weeks series of broadcasts from radio station KOY, Phoenix, in which original contributions by the members and other students of the college are read. The chapter also publishes an annual volume, "Pieces of Eight", in which is printed the best work submitted during the year. Numerous productions of the members, in prose and verse, have been published in "The Rectangle", the national quarterly magazine of the fraternity. Beta Chi is composed of girls whose major interest lies in the field of home econo·mics. The organization is affiliated with the National Home Economics Association, and with the state organization. Twice each month, meetings are held which are planned to advance professional and cultural interests. Membership is open to any girl with a major or a minor in home economics who attains a specified scholarship index. The Geographic Society is made up of students who excel in geography, general scholarship, and character. Week end trips to points of special interest are arranged for purposes of observation and study. The programs of the society include: ( 1) Meetings of HONORARY SOCIETIES 59 members and invited guests in which members report upon personal investigations or upon excursion activities; ( 2) A series of lectures open to the general public as service to the College and community. The society has included upon its list of speakers and guests some of the world's noted geographers and scientists. Gamma Theta Upsilon is a national professional geographic fraternity, the Theta chapter of which is established in the College and is associated with the Geographic Society. In addition to the requirements for membership in the Geographic Society, prospective members must have completed a year of work in geography of high quality and beyond required courses, and they must be majoring or minoring in the subject and must have a distinct professional interest in the field of geography. The fraternity aims to unite superior students and teachers of geography in purposes of mutual helpfulness. Los Hidalgoa del Desierto constitute a club whose purpose is to promote and foster good fellowship and friendly relations among those who are interested in things Spanish on the campus. Outstanding among the activities of the club are the fiestas in honor of El Dia de la Raza and El Dia de la Lengua. Membership is by invitation. Alpha Mu Gamma, national honorary fraternity for students of foreign languages, admits to membership majors in for(;ign languages who have done outstanding work in their field. Iota chapter was installed on the campus in May, 1936. The fraternity upholds the ideals of high scholarship, international understanding, and the advancement of peace. The Pasteur Scientific Society was organized by the students of chemistry to promote interest in the importance of physical science in human progress. The activities of the society are largely educational and include: ( 1) Literary and demonstration programs by members, and invited guests as speakers. These meetings are open to the public as well as to the members. ( 2) Week-end survey trips to the major industries of the state. The activities of the organization are open to the public. Lambda Chapter of the National Society of Wesley Players is sponsored by the Wesley Foundation for the purpose of studying the connection between the drama and religion, to further social life through the dramatics, and to promote an intelligent program of religious drama in the Methodist Churches. Members are provided the opportunity of participating in and producing religious drama. 60 STATE TEACHERS COLLEGE All those who manifest an evident interest in the drama and play production and who express a sincere desire to promote the ideals and principles of the society, shall be eligible to pledgeship. In addition to plays being presented locally, productions are often given in surrounding towns. Regular meetings are held during the college year. Alpha Pai Omega, Delta Lambda Cast, national honorary dramatic society, (formerly Proscenium Players}, opens its membership to those students who acquire twenty points in the field of dramatics. Points may be acquired by acting, directing, producing and the writing of plays under supervision in the Drama Workshop of the college. Pi Kappa Delta, national honorary forensic society. Membership is open to those students who become members of duly authorized winning teams in intercollegiate debate, or who place in an inter-collegiate oratorical contest. The Forum, local honorary forensic society. Membership is open to those who show particular skill in the field of debate and extemporaneous speaking. Tau Pi Tau, an association of kindergarten-primary majors and minors, "'~as organized in May 1935, to represent the interests of Tempe primary teachers. It aims to promote professional interest and efficiency in the field, to foster a regard for high scholarship, and to maintain a close relationship between primary teachers in service and those in training. Meetings are held twice a month. Kindergarten-primary majors and minors are eligible to membership which is by invitation. Theta Chi Epsilon is an organization open to students having either a professional interest in art or a liking for art as an avocation. The aim of the society is to arouse and preserve on the campus a greater appreciation for art, and to enlarge and enrich the esthetic experience of the members. Members are chosen on the basis of their artistic abilities and aptitudes. Meetings are held on the first and third Thursday of each month. Mu Rho Alpha is a professional music fraternity, the purpose of which is to recognize and develop musical ability; to encourage an appreciation -0f good music; and to help maintain a high standard of scholarship. Besides the regular business and social meetings, Mu Rho Alpha has, for the past two years, sponsored a series of music and dance HONORARY SOCIETIES 61 programs, held in the college auditorium the first Monday evening of each lJ\Onth, to which the student body, the faculty, and the townspeople are invited. Membership is by invitation. The Pleiades is an honorary service club. Its membership is limited to twelve women of junior and senior class standing. Entrance into membership is based on the qualities of leadership, excellence, achievement, integrity, dependability, and personality. The object of the organization is to render altruistic service in the interests of the College. Collegiate 4-H Leaders Club. Students who are interested in preparing themselves for leadership in 4-H clubs in the various communities of the state may become members of the 4-H Leaders Club which is maintained on the campus. This club is said to be the only organization of its kind in the United States. Meetings are held twice monthly to listen to addresses and discussions by members of the agriculture extension staff of the University, by successful 4-H leaders in the field, and by other persons vit.a.lly interested in the club program. Executive officers of the annual 4-H fair are chosen from the membership of this organization. Social features are not neglected. Members receive suitable recognition for one or two years of work in the course of study which is carried out each year. Women's Athletic Association. The Women's Athletic Association co-operates with the department of physical education in furthering opportunities for a wide variety of activities. The association is affiliated with the Athletic Federation of College Women and with the women's division of the National Amateur Athletic Federation. Every woman in the student body is entitled to membership in this association, and, upon earning twenty-five points in athletics or dancing, becomes an active member. The 0 A" Club. This is a newly organized honorary club whose membership is limited to women of junior or senior standing. The purpose is to promote physical efficiency and health, to encourage scholarship and service, and to develop in the entire student body a wider interest in women's athletics. Admission to membership is open to active junior and senior members of the Women's Athletic Association who have won the Varsity sweater. 62 STATE TEACHERS COLLEGE SOCIAL ORGANIZATIONS Believing that college life is incomplete unless ample opportunity is provided for social development, the college gives its official approval to a number of social organizations. Prominent among these are the nine sororities, originally organized as literary societies, some of which look back upon many years of uninterrupted operation. Membership in these groups is entirely voluntary and by invitation. Advisers are chosen from the faculty and wives of faculty members. Meetings are held at stated intervals with programs of literary, musical, and cultural value. During the year, each organization carries out certain customary, and, in many cases traditional, social activities, such as special picnics, bridge parties, dances, dinners, and trips of greater or less scope into the scenic regions of Arizona. Although each society maintains its own chosen objectives, carried over from the days of the literary society, the outstanding aim of all these organizations is the promotion of the highest standards of womanhood on the campus, by maintaining the spirit of friendliness and good fellowship, furthering the highest qualities of social personality, and by assuming a willingness to advance the best interests of the College at all times. A student, in order to be invited to membership, must have a scholarship index of 2.00 or better at the close of the semester preceding the date of invitation. In adopting Greek letter names, the following sororities carry forward in their titles the motto or traditional objectives of the former organization. Chi Sigma Delta Theta Kappa Kappa Alpha Lambda Kappa Philomatbian Pi Alpha Gamma Phi Beta Epsilon Phi Lambda Nu Zeta Sigma An Inter-Sorority Council, composed of the president and the sponsor from each sorority, regulates the affairs of the individual sororities in general according to the provisions of the constitution of the central council. An inter-sorority tea in the fall, a formal, and a benefit tea in the spring are major social events growing out of this inter-sorority affiliation. Fraternities. Four local fraternity groups are maintained to serve the college men in their need for social contacts. In this respect, these organizations might be considered as the counterparts of the women's sororities. SOCIAL ORGANIZATIONS 63 Lambda Phi Sigma has the distinction of being the first organization to maintain a fraternity house at Tempe. Pi Delta Sigma is one of the oldest social fraternities on the campus. It was organized in the spring of 1931 and election to the group is based on scholarship, personality, and leadership in the various campus activities. Tau Sigma Phi, a social fraternity, was founded in 1932 for the purpose of stimulating among its members the spirit of effective service to the College. Mu Sigma Chi has for its main objective the welfare of the It endeavors to serve the College by the development of congenial contacts between off-campus students and campus residents. off-campus students. The Cactus Walking Club was founded in 1913 by a group of desert lovers, and the twenty men and women who constitute the present organization, endeavor to perpetuate the club tradition by moonlight desert hikes and a yearly climb to the summit of Superstition Mountain. The Thirteen was organized March 23, 1932, as an honorary service club of the Arizona State Teachers College. The number of active members is restricted to thirteen as the name of the organization suggests. Its membership is also limited to men students of junior and senior class standing. Leadership in various fields of college activity determines the entrance into membership. Election to this organization is considered one of the highest honors that can come to any man student while enrolled in the college. The purpose of the organization is to sponsor college activities, to support student enterprises, and to stand at all times for the welfare of the college. The first activity of the group was to sponsor the annual i.campus Day" program. Since then it has been instrumental in carrying on many worthwhile activities. Off-Campus Women'• Society. A large and active organization of all women students not living in college dormitories pro~ vides a variety of social events and social contacts for all off. campus women, including dinners, teas, picnics, and formal parties. The same organization maintains a well equipped study and rest room in the basement of Matthews Library, furnished with tables, chairs, day beds, lockers, and files of magazines. This room serves as a social center for off-campus women pending completion of the more commodious quartets in the new women's building. 64 STATE TEACHERS COLLEGE RELIGIOUS ORGANIZATIONS The Newman Club is a social organization open to all Catholic students of the College. This club has for its objective the special welfare of its members and the general welfare of the College aa an institution. Regular meetings are held throughout the college year. The club is affiliated with the American Federation of Catholic Clubs. The Wesley Foundation is the Methodist Episcopal Church at work among its students in the State College. Its objective is to provide a program of activities and Christian education which will supplement the education of the state in the field our college is limited due to the organic law of the land. The institution exists to create a wholesome ,religious atmosphere and to provide abundant opportunities for self-expression in religious activities. Regular meetings are held throughout the college year. Although primarily for Methodist students, yet the Foundati1n extends to any student who may be interested a cordial invitation to join in one or more of its varied activities. The churches of Tempe all extend a welcome to students, and several of them maintain specific organizations to serve the student need, among which are the college B.Y.P.U. of the Baptist church, the Congo Club of the Congregational church, and the Wesley Foundation of the Methodist church as examples of the specific organizations that aim to serve the student need. The following denominations are represented in Tempe by active organizations: Baptist, Catholic, Christian, Church of Obrist, Church of God, Congregational, Episcvpal, Latter Day Saints, and Methodist Episcopal. •• ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE GENERAL QUAUflCATIONS Every person admitted as a student of the State Teachers College of Arizona must be of good moral character, of good health, without physical or other defect which would impair his fitness for the teaching service, and must present a statement of honorable dismissal from the school last attended. Qualification of Applicants for Admiasion. Applicants for admission to the College must be at least sixteen years of age and must present satisfactory evidence of completion of a full four year high school course of at least fifteen units, pursued in an accredited high school and conforming to the requirements specified below. High School Credits Required for Admission. For admission to a teachers' curriculum, the following fifteen units are English .............................................................. ........ S History and Civics .................................................... 2 Algebra ----------------------------························--·········-······ 1 Laboratory Science .................................................. 1 Electives, subject to committee approval .............. 8 specified: units units unit unit units Total .......................................................................... 15 units Graduates of unaccredited high schools may be admitted provisionally at the discretion of the standards committee, upon passing a satisfactory entrance examination. PHYSICAL EXAMINATION On entrance to the College, prior to beginning practice teaching, just before graduation, or at any other time necessary, a physical examination followed by conferences with the health counselor may be required. Students who fail to meet reasonable health standards may be denied either admission, practice teaching, or a teaching credential. A physical examination by a college physician is required of all entering freshmen. COLLEGE APTITUDE TEST All new students are required to take a college aptitude test. The time for administering this test will be announced during the first semester, and the test will have precedence over all other college duties at the time. 66 STATE TEACHERS COLLEGE At the discretion of the Standards Committee, students whose general scores in the aptitude test are unsatisfactory may be required to reduce their study load until such time as their scholarship index shows satisfactory improvement. The aptitude scores will be used by the Standards Committee as one factor in determining the disposal of petitions for overload. ALTERNATIVE QUALIFICATIONS FOR ADMISSION 1. Teachers. Teachers holding valid credentials to teach in Arizona may be admitted for further study. Such students may become candidates for a degree only when deficiencies in entrance requirements have been satisfactorily removed, as determined by the Standards Committee. 2. Adults. Persons over twenty-one years of age may be admitted to undergraduate standing as special students provided they present satisfactory evidence of character, education, and general intelligence. Such students may become candidates for a degree, or teaching credentials only when deficiencies in entrance requirements have been satisfactorily removed, as determined by the Standards Committee. 3. Transfers with Advanced Standing. Applicants for admission who have had advanced work in any accredited institution of collegiate grade may be admitted and given such undergraduate standing as may be determined by the Standards Committee. Graduates of the standard two-year curriculum formerly offered by the Tempe Teachers College may register in the third year with the expectation of receiving the bachelor's degree after two years of further work. Holders of two-year diplomas who present evidence of additional Vl-'Ork done in summer sessions, in extension or correspondence courses, may have such work credited toward the bachelor's degree provided a reasonable proportion is distinctly of upper division grade. Experienced teachers who become candidates for the bachelor's degree may be permitted to substitute academic credit for part, or in some cases, all of the required directed teaching, but no academic credit is allowed for teaching experience. TRANSFERS FROM JUNIOR COLLEGES Junior College students who intend to transfer to the teachers' college at tbe end of the first year or upon completion of the second year, v:ill do well to plan the program of studies to conform as TRANSFERS FROM JUNIOR COLLEGES 67 nearly as practicable to the outline of one of the curriculums as printed on pages 70 to 76 of this catalog. A major and a minor should be ·selected in the first year if possible, and at the latest, by the beginning of the second year. Twelve semester hours in the major should have been completed by the end of the second year. The maximum amount of credit that can be accepted from a junior college is sixty-four semester hours or ninety-six quarter hours. Not more than six semester hours of work in education and psychology taken in a junior college can be accepted as satisfying requirements in professional education courses. Courses ordinarily offered as upper division courses in the teachers' college can not be accepted for credit from a junior college. Examination of the lower division curriculums on page 70 to 7 6 will show that about sixty per cent of the work in the first two years is elective, giving a wide selection, and providing a wide margin for adjustment of differences between the program of the junior college and that of the teachers' college. A junior college student who has followed such a program of studies as has been suggested above will find no difficulty in transferring to the teachers' college and adjusting his credits toward the degree. REGISTRATION Time of Admission to the College. Students are admitted at the beginning of each semester of the regular session. They are expected to report for registration upon the days specified in the college calendar. For the first semester, September 8, 9, and 10, 1938. For the second semester, January 30 and 31, 1939. Summer session students register on the first day of each fiveweek term as given in the calendar. Freshmen. Freshmen registering for the first semester are required to be present at the opening assembly of Freshman Week at 9 :00 A. M., Tuesday, September 6, 1938. The exercises and events of Freshman Week are designed to assist freshmen in adjusting themselves to the new conditions of college life and work. Instructions are given in the registration procedure and in the planning of the study program. The freshman class is divided into advisory groups each of which is assigned to the guidance of a faculty adviser who becomes· the permanent counselor of the group for the duration of the freshman year. Sophomores, juniors and seniors may register on any one of the three registration days, Thursday, Friday, or Saturday. Usua1ly an alphabetical schedule is arranged and announced at registration time to distribute the registrations over the three days in order to avoid congestion and tedious waiting. The details of the registration procedure are announced in printed form at the time of registration. Students who have already taken work in the College are required to present all their semester cards and the pre-registration slip to the adviser every time they register. Students who fail to observe this regulation will be subject to an extra fee. All students are advised to recognize the importance of careful attention to all details of the registration procedure, and particularly to the planning of the study program, in order to avoid errors, delays and confusion. Attention must be paid to the proper sequence of courses, and care must be taken that all curriculum requirements are met in proper order. Transcripts of Record. Transcripts of previous record should be filed in the office of the registrar at least thirty days in advance of the date of registration. Freshmen entering for the first time REGISTRATION 69 must have on file the official transcript of the high school record. Students registering with advanced college credit must file the college transcript of i·ecord and an honorable dismissal. In the absence of these papers, admission ordinarily will be denied. A student who fails to report pre\.-ious registration or enrolment at another college may be subject to cancellation of his registration. Graduate students register at the same time as undergraduates, but the application for admission to graduate study should be filed in the office of the registrar at least thirty days before the date of registration in order to receive the attention of the Graduate Council. Late Registration Fee. An additional fee of $5.00 is required for late registration. No student will be permitted to register more than five days late except by permission of the Standards Committee. Permission to register after the first week of the semester will, in every case, be conditioned upon reduction of the student's study load. Student Load. The normal study load is sixteen units each semester. A student who desires to carry excess load in any semester must first secure approval of the Standards Committee. The petition for this privilege must be filed on the regular form to be obtained in the office of the registrar, or from the adviser at registration. As a rule, the consideration of a petition for excess load will be based on the student's previous scholarship index. The minimum study load for a student regularly enrolled in any curriculum is twelve units. In particular cases, by special action of the standards committee, a student may be permitted to carry a lighter load for one semester, otherwise one who is carrying less than the minimum load will be registered as an irregular or unclassified student. Change of Study Program. After the student's registration is approved no changes will be made on the class card. If changes in the study program become necessary, they are made by filling out a "Change of Classification" card in the office of the registrar. After the first week of instruction, any change in the program requires the payment of a fee of fifty cents. After the second week of a semester, no new courses may be entered on the student's program. Filing Class Card. Registration is not complete until the class card is fully signed and filed in the office of the registrar. The card is due before the end of the first week of instruction. A fee of one dollar is charged for each card held more than one week after date announced for filing. DEGREES. CURRICULUMS. AND CERTIFICATION The course work of this institution is organized into three divisions-lower, upper, and graduate. The lower division consists of the freshman and sophomore years; the upper division the junior and senior years; and the graduate division the fifth year. Students are classified according to the amount of credit earned as follows: lower division, freshmen, those who have acquired less than thirty-two semester hours; sophomores, those with thirty-two or more, but less than sixty-two, semester hours; upper division, juniors, those with sixty-two or more, but less than ninety-six hours, seniors, those with ninety-six semester hours; graduate students, those holding a Bachelor's degree from Arizona State Teachers College at Tempe or other recognized institution. CURRICULUMS All freshmen and sophomores are required to take the lower division curriculum. This curriculum is designed to provide a broad cultural background of general education. When the work of the lower division is completed, a student elects one of five curriculums -the kindergarten-primary curriculum, the standard curriculum, the optional elementary curriculum, the secondary curriculum, or the special curriculum. By referring to the department of major interest in this bulletin, students may find useful descriptions of the standard curriculum, or the special curriculum, adapted for majors in that department. LOWER DIVISION CURRICULUM FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Units Second Semester Units 0 Eng. 101 Composition _____ ···---·-···-- 3 ~~~~c! ~---~-~-~-~::::=::::::::::--:i"Of ~ 3 or 4 •Art 110 Pub. Sch. Art. ____________ 2 •~y~;n.ActiVitY::::::::::::::::::::::::= ~-5 P. E. Activity.......... ··-·-·-·-·--·· 0.5 Major (or elective). __________ 3 or 4 Major (or elective)..... ······-···---- 3 Elective ··---------·-····------------···········-· 4 Elective ··········-·······--·-·····-·····--------- 3 16.5 16.5 Science ··--------·-········-·-············ SOPHOMOBE YEAR First Semester Units •Psych. 100 Gen. Psych·--------····-··· 3 •Geog. 100 Elem. of Geog............. 3 Social Studies ·-·--········--·-···-···-··----· 3 P. E. ActivitY.------·--··-··-·-·----········ 0.5 Major 4 or 34: Minor ------·-·······-or elective ..........····--·________________ (17.5) 18.6 Second Semester Units •Educ. 120 Sociology_________ -·· 3 •s. ScI. 100 Const. Govt ................. 8 Social Studies -··-······------------------·- 3 P. E. ActivitY------·-·-----·-·-···----···· 0.6 Major 4 or 34 Minor -·--···------------··-·-·······-···· or elective ____________________________ (17.5) 16.5 71 MAJORS AND MINORS Starred Courses. Sections are arranged for the starred courses in such a way that half of the group take the course during the first semester and half in the second semester. Social Studies, In the sophomore year, three units of social studies are required each semester. The courses are to be selected from the following: Hist. 101, 102, Modern Europe; Hist. 103, 104, American Pol. and Social History; Econ. 131, 132, Principles of Economics. Art 110. Students who later elect the secondary curriculum, or the special curriculum, may choose an elective in the freshman year to replace Art 110. Scienee. The selection for the science courses in the freshman year should be determined by the interests and needs of the individual student. The following combinations are recommended for the different majors: Science Courses Units Gen. Sci. 100 and 110---6 sem. hrs. Chem. 110, Physics 110_ ..6 sem. hrs. Chem. 110 and 180.__________ g sem. hrs. Biol. 130 and 1-!0___________ 8 sem. hrs. Chem. 111 and 112 _____ 8 sem. hrs. Majors Art, commerce, Engl. foreign lang., kndgn-prim., music, soc. studies. Agriculture, geography, biology, industrial arts, physical education, elementary sciences. Home economics. Elementary science, geography, biology. Industrial arts, mathematics. preprofessional curricula. Major. Major is the term applied to a line of v.Tork or a sequence of courses selected from one department, or a departmental group, which constitutes the student's more prominent interest. It represents the student's intensive preparation in a special field. A major consists of not less than 24 semester hours. Each candidate for the Bachelor's degree is required to complete a satisfactory major in a field of learning other than education. Minors. A minor consists of not less than 15 semester hours selected from a field of learning different from that from which the major is chosen. It represents a secondary field of interest. In addition to the major required of each candidate for a Bachelor's degree, a minor, also must be chosen. Fields in which Majors are Offered. Majors, as well as minors, may be selected in any of the fields of learning suggested below: Art Commerce Home Economics Mathematics Phys!OO Science Agriculture English Industrial Arts Music Physical Education Social Science Elementary Science G€ogTaphy :F'oreiim Languages Biological Science Psychology Time for Beginning the Major. Whenever possible, work should begin on the major in the freshman year and it must be 72 STATE TEACHERS COLLEGE chosen no later than the beginning of the sophomore year. The major should be planned carefully under the guidance of the head of the department in which it is selected. Choosing a Curriculum in Upper Division. It is not necessary for a student to choose the curriculum which he intends to follOVi.' in the upper division until the end of the sophomore year; nevertheless a student should anticipate as far as possible the choice which wiH be made later in order that the major and minor requirements in the upper divisions may be satisfied. Students who later elect the secondary curriculum, or the special curriculum, may choose an elective in the freshman year to replace Art 110. UPPER DlVISlON CURRICULUMS Not later than the end of the sophomore year a student must choose the curriculum to be followed in the upper division. If possible, students should anticipate during the freshman year the curriculum which they intend to follow. STANDARD CURRICULUM FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Units Eng. 101 Compos'linn ·····------------ 3 Science 3 or 4 •Hygiene ------------------ 2 p_ E. Activity_ ---------· 0.5 Major (or eiective).. ..... 3 or 4 Elective -------. ··-·-·-------·-· 3 Second Semester Units Engl. 102 Composition _______ . 3 Science or 4 •Art 110 Pub. Sch. Art ................ 2 P. E. Activity.......... ··--· 0.5 ~fajor (or elective). ····- 3 Elective --------------------4 16.5 16.5 SOPHOMORE YEAR First Semester Units •Psych. 100 Gen. l'sych..... ···------ 3 •Geog. 100 Elem. af Geog.-··-··-· 3 Social Studies 3 P. E. Activity_____ -·---------- 0.5 J\.fajor ··---······-··· 4 or 3 Minor or elective .. _ ················- 4 (17.5) Second Semester Units *Educ. 120 Sociology__ ···········- 3 •s. Sci. 100 Const. Govt ··--------···· 3 Social Studies .. ......... 3 p_ E. Activity................. . . 0.5 l\.lajor --------------or 3 4 Minor or elective .. (17.5) 16.5 16.5 JUNIOR YEAR First Semester Units *Psych. 200 Educ. Meas .............. 3 •Education FJlective ___ ····------ 2 Major ·-····-··---····-···.......... 6 Minor or elective........ - 4 Second Semester Units •Educ. 210 Teaching Reading2 *Education Elective ····-----·-··-·-· ... 3 Directed Teaching ______ 10 or J'l.'[ajor, minor, and elective .. _____ 10 15 15 SENIOR YEAR First Semester Units *Educ. 230 Elem. Curr. Techn ..... 2 Major -------------···-·-··-··--..······ -·-· 3 Directed Teaching ......10 or ....... HJ Major and ml nor .. Second Semester Units •Educ. 250 Phil. of Ed .................. 3 1\-Iajor, minor, and elective... _ .. 13 16 73 CURRICULUMS Curriculum Requirements. Students electing this curriculum are required to select a major of not fe,ver than 24 units and a minor of not fewer than 15 units in fields other than education. Graduation and Certification. With the completion of the work of this curriculum a student is granted the degree of Bachelor of Arts in Education and is entitled to certification for the elementary schools in the state of Arizona. Optional Minor. Students electing this curriculum may select a sequence of courses in kindergarten-primary education. Further description of Standard Curriculum. ~4.. student com- pleting this curriculum will receive the degree of Bachelor of Arts in Education and will be eligible for kindergarten-primary certification in the State of A. rizona. V. THE KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY CURRICULUM FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester ·cnits Eng. 101 Composition.. 3 Science ..................................... 3 or 4 •Hygiene .... _ ............................... 2 P. E. ActiYity ...... --·-·-···················- 0.5 Major (or elective) ........ __ 3 or 4 Elective 3 Second Semester Engl. 102 Co1np. ···--Science ·······-·-········-····· •Art 110 Pub. Sch. Art P. E. Acth·ity... _____ ._. __________ _ 1'.fajor (or elective) .............. . Elective ···- ·····-·------············-· oc 16.5 16.5 SOPHOMORE YEAR First Semester Units •Psych. 100 Gen. Psych... 3 'Geog. 100 Elem. of Geog .. _ 3 Social Studies ····-··-········--···· 3 P. E. Activity.. ...................... 0,5 Major ............. -t or 3 1'1inor or electiYe ......................... 4 (17.5) First Semester Second Semester *Educ. 120 Sociolog-;i.--._ •s. Sci. 100 Const. Govt Social Studies . P. E. Activity .. Major ... ····-··········· ).finor or elective .. 16.5 (17 .5) °' 0.5 34 16.5 JUNIOR YEAR Units Educ. 207 Lit. for Kgn.-Prim ... 3 Educ, 209 Kgn.-Prim. Curr ....... 3 Educ. 210 Teaching of Rea.ding 2 G. Sci. 232 Nature StudY----······· 3 Music 110 Kgn.-Prim. ~!usic ... 2 Psych. 200 ri.Ieasurements__ 3 Second Semester Units Educ. 212 Play Education .......... 3 Educ. 206 Kgn-Prim. Ind .•.\l·ts 3 •Ind. Arts 120 Elem. Wood"·ork 3 •Psych. 233 Child Psychology__ 3 Related Elective ................... 3 15 16 Ftrst Semester {;nit;; ···-·· 3 3 SENIOR YEAR Units 'Educ. 260k Kgn.-Prim. Teach ... HI Electives ·······-··-········-·-·······-·-·· 6 Second Semester Units Electives ·- .......................16 16 Starred courses in the junior year alternate for one-half of the students with Observation and Directed Teaching in the senior year. 74 STATE TEACHERS COLLEGE Muaic test. Students qualifying for the Kindergarten-Primary certificate must pass a test in sight reading, singing, and piano accompaniment to meet the needs of primary children. It is recommended that students needing piano lessons begin them in the freshmen year. A student completing this curriculum will receive the degree of Bachelor of Arts in Education and will be eligible for kindergarten-primary certification in the State of Arizona. SECONDARY CURRICULUM The secondary curriculum is of three years' duration beginning with the junior year. It is especially designed for students who are looking forward to high school t~ching. The master's degree and secondary certification may be obtained through this curriculum. FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Units Eng. 101 Composition.-..··-········· 3 Science ···························-······· 3 or 4 ·i!:~~n.ActiVitY::::::::::::~::::::::::::::: ~-s Major (or elective) ... -·-······ 3 or 4 Elective ........... ···-······-··-- 3 16.5 Second Semester Units Engl. 102 Composition ...-·-·····--· 3 Science ----·-··-·········-·-···· 3 or 4 P. E. Activity...........·-·-···-··--····· 0.5 Major (or elective) .........·-·········· 3 Elective ···-······-··············-···········-···· 6 16.5 SOPHOMORE YEAR First Semester Units •Psych. 100 Gen. Psych .... _········- 3 •Geog. 100 Elem. Geog..... ....... 3 Social Studies ...... ................ 3 P. E. Activity ·············-· 0.5 Major -·····--············ ........ 4 or 3 Minor or elective ...... ···············-··· 4 (17.6) Second Semester Units •Educ. 120 Sociology....... ---··········· 3 •s. Sci. 100 Const. Govt. ................ 3 Social Studies ·······-···········-··· 3 P. E. Activity..... ............. 0.5 Major ···-··········-······················· 1 or 3 Minor or elective..... .......... 4 (17.5) 16.5 16.5 JUNIOR YEAR First Semester Units Psych. 213 Educ. Psych ............. 3 Educ. 223 Secondary Curr...·-··· 2 Electives ···········- .................... . .... 11 Second Semester Units Psych, 200 Educ. Meas.·-············· 3 Educ. 222 Teach, in Sec. Schs. 2 Electives ···········-··········-·-·······--·····11 16 16 SENIOR YEAR First Semester Units Educ. 250 Phil. of Educ.......·-··· 3 Educ. 225 H. Sch. Meth. Sem.. 3 Electives ·········-·········--·-·········· ...... 10 Second Semester Units Educ. 260 Directed Teaching.... 6 Electives --···--················-·············-11 16 16 GRADUATE YEAR First Semester Units Educ. 325 Prep. of Theses....... _ 2 Educ. 390 Indiv. Probl. ................ 4 Electives ···········-······························ 9 16 Second Semester 'Onita Educ. 326 Research Methods-.. 2 Thesis ·················-········-····-·······-···· 4 Electives ·················-····-··-··········-··· 9 16 75 CURRICULUM Major and Minor. In addition to the courses prescribed above, this curriculum must include a major of twenty-four semester hours and at least one minor of fifteen hours (students are strongly advised to include a second minor of fifteen hours) to be chosen in the fields shown below: Physical Education Social Studies English Physical Science Biological Science Mathematics Modern Language Home Economics Commerce Music Art Industrial Arts FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Units Eng. 101 Composition...- · - - - 3 Science --··-···---------·--······· 3 or 4 •?~:n1ctivity=:::==-=:=::::::=::····· Major (or elective) _______ 3 or Elective ···-·--····· 5.5 4 . 3 Second Semester Eng. 101 Composition. Units ...... 3 Science -·-·········-·····--·----····· 3 or P. E. ActivitY-----·-·--·--------------}rfajor (or elective)-----·--··-··-····--Elective -----·-·-·-·-·-····-·-······--- 4 0.5 3 6 16.5 16.5 SOPHOMORE YEAR First Semester Units •Psych. 100 Gen. Psych ... ·-···-······· 3 •Geog. 100 Elem. Geog····-·····-·-····· 3 Social Studies --·········-··--·-·······-··- 3 P. E. ActivitY------····-···------··-··-··· 0.5 Major ·-·-·····--·······--··--···-·-······· 4 or 3 Minor or elective ......... ·····---···· 4 (17.6) Second Semester Units •Educ. 120 Sociology .................. ~ 3 Sci. 100 Const. Govt..·----·-······ 3 Social Studies ..... ·-·---· 3 P. E. Activity..... . ---····-··- 0.5 Major -----------··-····-·-····4 or 3 Minor or elective..... ..... 4 •s. 16.6 (17.5) 16.5 JUNIOR YEAR First Semester Units •Music 100 Fundamentals of M. 2 •Eng, 110 Elem. Speech ---····· 2 •Eng. 110 Lit, for the Grades ____ 3 •Psych. 200 Measurements. _________ 3 Elective ······-····-·-·-··-········----------- 5 Second Semester Units P. E. 252 Scouting (3) or P. E. 260 Camp Fire (l) ____ 1 or S •Educ. 210 Teaching of Reading 2 •Educ. 260 Directed Teaching.... 10 Electives ---·-...... 2 or 3 16 15 or 16 SENIOR YEAR First Semester Units •Art 200 Elem. School Art............ 2 •Eng. 240 Children's Dram ________ 3 •Biol. 120 Human Phys ....... ······--· 3 •Hist. 110 Ariz. and S. '\V, ........ 3 •F.duc. 250 Phil. of Ed. 3 Electives -······- ·····-·-·--··-··· 2 Second Semester Units 2 3 3 2 Electives ···············-····- ..................... 5 G. f:cL 232 Nature Study····-····Hist. 208 Am. Cult. Hist. .. ________ H. E. 202 Prob. of Consumer .... •Educ. 230 El. Curr. & Tech ..... _ 16 Note: 15 Starred courses may be taken either semester. OPTIONAL ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM A limited number of students will be admitted to this curriculum. Like the standard curriculum, this curriculum leads to the Bachelor of Arts in Education and certification in the elementary STATE TEACHERS COLLEGE 76 schools. The major and minor requirements prevailing in most curriculums are not required of students who elect this curriculum. A student completing this curriculum will be granted the degree of Bachelor of Arts in Education and will be eligible for the elementary certificate in the State of Arizona. A student electing this curriculum is warned that should secondary certification be desired later, or should a l\iaster of Arts degree in some subject-matter area be sought, considerable penalty in the nature of loss of time likely will ensue. SPECIAL CURRICULUM FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester ~Il:g· Units 101 Con1position__ Science ---·-·· ....... 3 3 or 4 "'Hygiene ....... 2 P. Jveaving, and toy-making. Laboratory fee, $3.50. 1Iiss ~fooers. Second year, one scn1cster, four hours a week. 2 units. Art 121 Lettering. Contemporary and classical styles; elements of design and spacing. Sound short cuts giving speed and finish. Adaptation of lettering to layout. Uses for reproduction. A fundamental course for students electing the major in commercial art. Laboratory fee, 50 cents. Mr. Harter. Second year, first semester, four hours a week, 2 units. Art 200 Elementary School Art. A continuation of Art 110 Public School Art with emphasis upon problems and procedures of specific elementary school grade levels. Especially recommended for ele- 86 STATE TEACHERS COLLEGE mentary school teachers, kindergarten-primary majors and minors, and art majors and minors. Prerequisite, Art 110. Fee, 50 cents. Miss :M:ooers. Third year, either semester, two hours a week. 2 units. Art 201 Advertising Design. An analysis of the design problems peculiar to the variou3 types of advertising; labels, poster, direct mail, window and counter display, magazine, and newspaper advertising. Problems identical with those given the professional advertising designer. ri.:t:r. Harter. Third year, first semester, four hours a ·week. Art 202 Survey of tion of all phases agency procedure, lithography. Visits 2 units. Advertising Art. A thorough general descripof advertising production including advertising typography, reproduction processes, printing, to local business concerns and studies. Mr. I-rarter. Third or fourth year, second semester, four hours a week. 2 units. Art 204 Costume Design. Fashion design, including costumes and millinery, sketching, and fa.shion prediction. Prerequisites: Art 103, 105. Miss Mooen:;, Third or fourth year, second semester, four hours a week. 2 units. Art 205 Textile Printing. A laboratory course in reproduction methods of hand printing on textiles. Design, color, and craftsmanship are stressed. Laboratory fee, $3.50. Miss Kloster. Third or fourth year, first semester, four hours a week. 2 units. Art 206 Sculpture. Modeling in the round and in relief, carving, casting, applying patines. Prerequisite: Art 103. Laboratory fee, $4.00. Miss Kloster. Third or fourth year, second semester, four hours a week. 2: untts. Art 208 Industrial Design. Advanced design from present-day industrial and commercial angles. The course includes the field of modern packaging. Renderings and models. Prerequisites: Art 105, 106, 121. Laboratory fee, 50 cents. ~:liss Kloster or Mr. Harter. Third or fourth year, second semester, four hours a week. 2 units, Art 215 Art History. Fine arts expression in architecture, sculpture, painting, and the crafts, from prehistoric to modern times. Early and presentMday primitive art of the Indian and the African. Open to all upper division students. Miss Kloster. Third or fourth year, :first semester, three hours a week. 3 units. COURSES IN ART 87 Art 220 Advanced Commercial Art. The student is permitted to specialize in any particular field of commercial art which interests him. Prerequisites: Art 103, 105, 121, and 201, or equivalents-. Mr. Harter_ Third or fourth year, ;;econd semester, six hours a v•eek. 3 units. Art 222 Domestic Architecture and Interior Decoration. Study, investigation, and application of the principles of good taste to be exercised in interior and exterior home design. Emphasis is placed upon practical problems in reference to the Southwest. Open to all upper division students. Laboratory fee, 50 cents. Miss Kloster_ Third or fourth year, second semester, six bourlil a week, 3 units. Art 226 Contemporary Art. A survey of the fields of contemporary art in America and abroad with emphasis upon the aims and tendencies in expression together with a study of the major artists and their accomplishments. Open to all upper division students. Miss Kloster. Third or fourth year, second semester, one hour a week. 1 unit. Art 228 Oil Painting. Sketching excursions as well as indoor painting; landscape, still life, and figure. Emphasis on interpretations of the local scene. Open to special students upon request. Prerequisites: Art 102, 103, 114. Miss Kloster. Third or fourth year, second semester, four hours a week. 2 units. Art 230 Humorous Illustration. Cartoons and humorous drawings; magazine, comic strip, editorial cartoons. Prerequisite: Art 103 or equivalent. l\lr. Harter. Third or fourth year, one semester, four hours a ·week. 2 units. DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE DR. JUDD (Head of lhe Department), MR. OSTRANDER. MR. MORTENSEN The Department of Agriculture is organized to give those students who plan to teach in rural communities a knowledge of the problems confronting agriculture in order that they can better serve the pupils and the community. It also serves those students interested in agriculture but who are unable to attend college elsewhere, by providing a broad foundation for later study in the specialized fields of agriculture. The courses offered include the generally accepted standard prerequisites for advanced study and research in all phases of agriculture. These courses also meet the needs of students who plan to go directly into the various fields of productive and applied agriculture. The Agriculture Major provides the basic training for prospective teachers of vocational agriculture, who, by attending the University of Arizona or other agricultural college for a fifth year of advanced work, may complete the requirements of the State Board of Education for certification as vocational agricultural instructors in high schools. 4·H Club Leaders. Students majoring in another department may qualify also as teachers of elementary science and agriculture and as 4-H club leaders in the elementary schools by completing a minor in this department. Laboratory Farm. The department operates a laboratory farm located on the campus. This tract is devoted to vegetable gardening; to a college nursery; the poultry flocks; and to the production of seed and feed crops. The Livestock Farm is located a mile and a half south of the campus, on a forty acre tract with a modern farm home, new dairy buildings and equipment, and a modern hog unit. A selected herd of registered dairy co\vs supply milk for the college dining hall. These, with the registered sheep and swine herds, provide excellent opportunities for students in this department to gain first hand information and experience in livestock problems. COURSES IN AGRICULTURE 89 SUGGESTED CURRICULUM FOR AGRICULTURE STUDENTS FIRST YEAR First Semester Units Second Semester l!n!ts Engl. 102 Composition ...........- .. 3 Eng. 101 Composition...-·--···-··· 3 Phys, 110 Gen. Physics ... ____ 4 Chem. 110 Gen. Chemistry........ 4 Biol. 140 Zoology .............................. 4 Biol. 130 Botany·······--·-···········-···- 4 Agric. 108 Plant Industry_______ 4 Agric. 107 Animal Industry __ 4 P. E. Activity ... - ..·-··--------·-··-- 0.5 P. E. ActivitY----------·------······ 0.5 15.5 15.5 SECOND YEAR Units Units Second Semester Biol. 214 Plant Physiology 4 Biol. 133 Plant Anatomy. 4 Agric. llG Poultry Husbnndry... 3 Agric. 115 Dairy Husbandry 3 Cheni. 180 Organic Chemistry __ Agric. 125 Prin. Horticulture .... 2 4 Agric. Elective (Farm Shop or Agric. 126 Pract. Horticulture.. 2 Auto Ignition) 3 Electives ............................. 3 Other electh·es ····-·······-···- ...... 3 P. E. Activity... ... -·· 0.5 P. E. Activity ............. --·-··············-·· 0.5 First Semester 15.5 lG.5 COURSES IN AGRICULTURE Agric. 107 Animal Industry. A study of farm animals, their breed history, management, feeding, judging, and marketing. In the first half of the semester, emphasis is laid on sheep and beef cattle. The remaining time is devoted to general problems of dairying, swine, and poultry culture. Fee, $1.00. ?>-fr. Ostrander. First year, first !'ernester, four hours lecture. or its equivalent in laboratory and field v.·ork. 4 units. 108 Plant Industry. A brief survey of agriculture in general, based upon the current Year Book of the U. S. Department of Agriculture. Then, through assigned readings, special reports, field observations, and laboratory work, the following topics are studied: The development of permanent agriculture; the basic principles of plant growth and improvement; the factors involved in profitable crop production; the leading crop plants and producing areas; cultural methods; the harvesting, storing, and marketing of field crops. Laboratory fee, $2.00. Mr. Mortensen. First year, second semester, three lectures and three hours of laboratory or field work per v..-eek. .( units. 115 Dairy Husbandry. A study of dairy farm management; methods of feeding, breeding, and herd improvement. A study of pedigree and other methods of animal selection. Calf raising and dairy equipment and the more common dairy cow diseases are also considered. Fee, $1.00. Mr. Ostrander. Second year, first semester, three hours of lecture or its equivalent in dairy survey and field work. 3 unit.s. 90 STATE TEACHERS COLLEGE 116 Poultry Husbandry. A general survey course including general principles of poultry management in large and small units, and the application of these principles to local and regional conditions. Mr. Ostrander. Second semester. three hours of lecture or its equivalent in field work. 3 units. 125 Principles of Horticulture. The general principles of plant propagation. Nursery practices in the production of fruit and orna~ mental stock. Planting and care of orchards and home grounds. Prerequisite: General Botany. Laboratory fee, $1.00. l\fr. Mortensen. Second year, first semester, one lecture and three hours of laboratory or tleld work per week. 2 units. 126 Practical Horticulture. A continuation of Agric. 125 with emphasis upon ornamental trees and shrubs and flowering plants. Landscaping of home sites, school grounds, and recreation parks. Prerequisite: Agric. 125. Laboratory fee, $1.00. Mr. Mortensen. Second year, second .semester, one lecture and three hours of laboratory or field work per week. 2 units. Agric. 128 Farm Mechanics. (See Ind. Art 108.) Designed to meet the needs of students of agriculture and farm management. Laboratory fee, $2.00. Second year, first semester, six hours laboratory. Agric. 130 General College Botany. Agric, 133 Plant Anatomy. Agric. 140 General Zoology. 3 units. {See Biology 130.) (See Biology 130.) (See Biology 140.) 143 Soils. The formation, classification, and physical and chemical properties of soils; the relation of the physical and chemical properties of soils to crop production; cultural practices in conservation of soil fertility and permanent agriculture. Prerequisite: one course in college chemistry. Laboratory fee, $2.00. Dr. Judd. Third year, first semester, two lectures and three hours laboratory work per week. 3 units. 144 Irrigation Principles and Practices. A continuation of Agric. 143. Brief history of irrigation; present extent and importance. Water relations of crop plants; water duty; methods of application, conservation, and use of irrigation water. Prerequisite: Agric. 143. Laboratory fee, $2.00. Dr. Judd. Second semester, two lectures and three hours laboratory. Agric. 203 General Bacteriology. (See Biology 203.) 3 unite. 91 COURSES IN AGRICULTURE Agric, 204 and 204A. Genetics. (See Biology 204 and 204A.) 205 Animal Nutrition and Applied Feeding. Includes the principles of feeding, composition of feeds, physiology of nutrition, and practice in formulating rations for various classes of livestock. Evaluation of feeds and feeding practices current in Arizona. Prerequisite: Agric. 107 and one year of college chemistry. Laboratory fee, $2.00. (Not offered in 1938-39.) Dr. Judd. Third year, first semester, two hours lecture and three hours laboratory work per week. 3 units. 208 Farm Organization and Management. Principles governing the economic and regional selection of the farm. Factors involved in profitable farm management; crop selection and acreage; diversification of effort; capital utilization; cost accounting j rural bookkeeping and analysis of labor income. A study of ways and means for profitable farming and for developing a happy and well rounded rural family life. Laboratory fee, $2.00. (Not offered in 1938-39.) Dr. Judd. Third year, second semester, two hours lecture and thrE:-e hours laboratory work per week. 3 unit.s. Agric. 211. Plant Ecology. Origin and development of vegetation and measurements in the field of the factors of environment with applications to agriculture, forestry, grazing, and general crop production. Prerequisite: Biol. 130. Laboratory fee, $2.00. Offered in 1938-39 and alternate years. Dr. Judd. First semester, 3 lectures and one laboratory period per week. Lectures only 3 units; laboratory and lectures, 4 units. 3 or 4 units. Agric. 214 Plant Physiology, (See Biology 214.) Agric. 216 Plant Breeding. The principles and practices of plant breeding i technique and improvements by selection and hybridization. Prerequisites: botany, plant industry, and genetics. (Offered in 1938-39 and alternate years.) Dr. Judd. Second semester, three lectures a week. Agric. 222 General Entomology. Agric. 224 Animal Ecology. 3 units. (See Biology 222.) (See Biology 224.) Agric. 242-g Special Problems or Advanced Laboratory. Students desiring to do advanced laboratory work, or to make a special study of any particular problem, will make a complete study of available literature on the problem, under the supervision of the instructor, and 'Will write a thesis. Staff 1 or more units. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE MR. MASTELLER (Head of the Department), DR. ATKINSON. MR. HILKERT. MR. DILLE The Department of Commerce offers courses in the following fields: Accounting and Business Law, Merchandising, Secretarial Science, and Business Administration. The work in this department is designed to meet the needs of two groups of students. 1. Students who desire to teach commercial subjects in the secondary schools. Such students should follow the standard type curriculum for special certification in commerce at the end of four years, or for general secondary certification at the end of five years. Wherever possible, students are encouraged to follow the five year plan. The special four year teaching curriculum is found immediately following this material. The five year secondary curriculum is found under the heading Degrees, Curriculums, and Certification. 2. The second group of students, much larger than the first, are those people who 'vant to take the four year curriculum at the college but 'vho desire to enter some phase of business upon graduation. The department offers to such students the opportunity of majoring in accounting, merchandising, secretarial science, or business administration. Special curriculums in each of these fields are found on the pages that follow. While completion of any one of these curriculums will entitle one to a degree, it should be remembered that it does not necessarily certify one to teach. Students are encouraged to consult one of the staff n1cmbers of this department before making a decision. MAJORS AND MINORS IN COMMERCE Twenty-four to thirty units in commerce will be accepted as a major in this field. Fifteen units in commerce -,Nill be considered a minor .in commerce. Students who plan to teach commerce should follow closely the course of study outlined in the curriculum designed for that purpose. Students \·vho plan to enter business after graduation may elect to follow any one of the four specialized fields. It is possible for the student to major in one of the four fields and minor in one of the other areas of commerce. Staff members in commerce \vill be glad to assist the student whenever advice is needed. 93 COURSES IN COMMERCE COMMERCIAL BUREAU OF EMPLOYMENT The Department of Commerce maintains its own bureau of employment with t\vo offices, one at the college and one in Phoenix. One of the staff members, 1\fr. E. J. Hilkert, is directly in charge of this phase of activity. All students who desire the as.sistance of this bureau must make both v.·ritten and personal application. A service of collecting references and recommendations for those students who are enrolled in the bureau is offered in connection with its placement work. Introductions to prospective employers in various fields of industry are also given. Advice such as information about vocations and help in deciding upon a career are offered to those students who have been unable to make a choice of their life \York. DIVISIONAL ADVISERS In its attempt to meet the changing needs of business, the department has recognized the need for specialization. In view of this fact students are encouraged to go to the adviser within the department who best understands the conditions in that field. The advisers and their fields of interest are listed belov..'. Accounting, pre-legal, and irregular students, ).Jerchandbdng and selling, .:\Ir. Dille. Secretarial science, )fr. )Iasteller. Busineiss administration, Dr. Atkinson. Teacher training, )Ir. ~Iasteller and Staff. ~Ir. Hilkert. GUIDANCE The Department of Commerce makes every effort to determine the interests and capacities of its students. Diagnostic testing, interest testing, aptitude tesing, and interviews are all utilized at the earliest opportunity in order to evaluate the student and to select the most effective course of study. CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS The courses in accountancy are designed to prepare students for the examination required under the laws of the State of Arizona for the issuance of a Certified Public Accountant's certificate. Examinations are held in May and :t-~ovember of each year at Phoenix. These examinations are similar to those held at the same time in other states. STATE TEACHERS COLLEGE 94 STANDARD FOUR YEAR TYPE CURRICULUM (For Special Certification in Commerce)• FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Units Engl. 101 Co1nposition 3 Gen. Science lQQ _________ _ 3 P. E, 100 Hygiene .. --·- ______ ------· 2 Com. 113 Shorthand L. ___ -------·· 3 Com. 127 Survey of Business .... 1 Physical Activity ... ____ .............. . 0.5 Elective ···········-········ ................. . 4 Second Semester Units Engl. 102 Composition ........... 3 Gen. Science 110 ... __________ ·----------- 3 Art 110 Public School Art-----···· 2 Com. 114 Shorthand 2____ 3 16.5 16.5 Com, 128 Survey of nusine;;s ... 1 Physical Activity .. 0.5 Elective ···················4 SOPHOMORE YEAR First Semester Units Com. 131 Prin. Economics.. 3 Psych. 100 Gen. Psychology__ 3 Geog. 100 Elem. of ~og.__ 3 Com. 101 Ele1n. Acctg ....... _. 4 Physical Activity 0,5 Elective .......................... 3 Second Semester Units Corn. 132 Prin. Economics..... 3 Educ. 120 Sociology...... 3 So. Sci. 100 Const. Go\'t. 3 Com. 102 Elem. Acctg.. 4 Physical Activity 0.5 Elective ·--. ······---.-... -... 3 16.5 16.5 JT1NIOR YEAR First Semester Units Educ. Elective ··-··········· ........... _. 3 Psych. 200 Educ. Meas 3 1-Iinor and elective .......... _---·------·· 4 Com. 205 Business La:w ........... _ 3 Com. 201 Interm, Acctg.. 3 16 Second Semester Directed Teaching 0, Units ····--·-·-·-10 (Educ. Course .................... 2) (Minor and Elective............ 8) Com. 202 Interm. Acctg. ··-····· 3 Elective (1) --·-----·-··--·--·---·- ........... 3 16 SENIOR YEAR First Semester Directed Teaching 0, Units .. 10 2) (Educ. Course 8) (J\.Hnor and Elective .. Educ. 250 Phil. Educ ... 3 Com. 251 Comm'! Teach. "!\feth. 2 " Second Semester Units Educ, 220 Elem, Cur. Techs ..... 2 Educ. 210 Tchng. of Reading.... 2 Com. 237 Intro. to J\.Iimeo.... 1 1\.Hnor and elective...................... 8 Com. 252 Comm'l Teach. Meth. 2 15 *The Standard Four Year Type Curriculum is designed for a limited number of commerce majors. Students who follow this curriculum may teach commerce subjects only in the high school, but may also teach in the elementnry grades. Students are advised V.'herever possible to follow the secondary curriculum if they expect to teach in the high school . Note 1. It is recommended that the student elect the second semester of Business La"\\', Com. 206, as the elective course in the second semester of the Junior Year, 95 COURSES IN COMMERCE SPECIAL CURRICULUM WITH EMPHASIS IN ACCOUNTING FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Units Com. 101 Elem. Acctg... 4 Com. 127 Survey of Business .... 1 Gen. Science 100 ............... . 3 P. E. 100 Hygiene..... ___ _ 2 Engl, 101 Composition ... 3 0.5 Physical Activity ---·-······ :Yath. 115 ~lath. of Finance .. 2 Second Semester Units Com. 102 Elem. Acctg................. 4 Com. 128 Survey of Busines.".. 1 Gen. Science 110 ....................... 3 Engl. 102 Cornvosition.. 3 Physical Activity 0.5 Electives 5 16.5 15.5 SOPHOMORE YEAR Units First Semester Com. 131 Prin. Economics 3 3 Com. 201 Interm. Acctg. Com. 103 Soc. Security and 2 Pay Roll Acctg. ·-English Elective ... 3 (1.5 Physical Activity ......... Electives and Minor..... 5 Second Semester Com. 132 Prin. Economics Com, 202 Interm, Acctg. Units 3 3 Com. 208 Cost Acctg. English Elective Physical Activity __ ---·-··········--· Electives and :Minor.... 16.~ 2 3 fl.5 5 16.5 JUNIOR YEAR First Semester Units Com, 203 Advanced Acctg. -----· 3 Com. 207 Auditing Theory and Practice ---·-------·-----2 Com. 205 Business Law -----3 Ps:rch. 100 G€n. Psycholog~y ____ 3 Gf:!og. 100 Elem. of Geog........ 3 Elective -----2 Second Semester Units Com. 204 Advanced Acctg. 3 Com. 210 Income Tax AcC'tg. Federal and State 2 Com. 206 Business I.a"3 Educ. 120 Sociology 3 Pot Sci. 100 Const. Gov .. 3 Elective 2 16 16 SENIOR YEAR First Semester l.'nits Com. 211 Seminar in Acctg. 2 Educ. Electives ------·--------6 Com. 218 Prin. of Banking . 3 Electives and ).Iinor _ 4 Second Semester Educ. Electives --·-·Electives and ~finor __ _ 15 Note 1. Students who follow this curriculum ·will not receive certification to teach. They will, however, receive the bachelor's degree in education. This curriculum is designed particularly for tho>'e students who want to follow the career of accountancy. Note 2. Students in this curriculum are encouraged to take the Education courses titled, Statistical Method and Advanced Statistics. ~ote Students taking this curriculum are urged to take Typing, Shorthand, and other related courses at the earliest opportunity, 3. STATE TEACHERS COLLEGE 96 SPECIAL CURRICULUM WITH EMPHASIS IN MERCHANDISING* FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester l..Tnits Com. 101 Elem. Acctg. .....--------- 4 Com. 127 Survey of Bu;;iness.. l Gen. Science 100 .. ··········------··--3 Engl. 101 Composition.. 3 Elective in Social Science.. 3 P. E. 100 Hygiene 2 Physical Activity 0.5 Second Semester Units Com. 102 Elem_ Acctg ........ ______ ~ Com. 128 Survey of Business .... I Gen. Science 110 --·····-·--·-·__ 3 Engl. 102 Composition ................ 3 Elective in Social Science ........ 3 Elective in Art ___ -------············ ........ 2 Physical Activity ··-------- 0.5 16.5 16.5 SOPHOMORE YEAR First Semester 3 0.5 Second Semester Units Com. 132 Prin. Econon1ics ........ 3 English Elective 3 Educ. 120 Sociology......... 3 Pol. Sci. 100 Const. Gov.......... 3 Geog. 101 Econ. Geography ....... 3 Physical Activity .. ........ 0.5 15.5 15,5 lJnits 3 Com. 131 Prin. Economics English Elective ......................... . 3 Psych. 100 Gen. Psychology ...... 3 3 Geog. 100 Elem. of Geog Elective ........... . Physical Activity JUNIOR YEAR First Semester Cnits Com. 215 Busine&-s Organ. or Com. 205 Business La"· (1) 3 Com. 1(}5 Marketing.. 3 Educ. Elective (2) ..... .. 3 Electives and Minor.. 8 Second Semester Units Com. 216 Business Organ. or Com. 206 Business Law (1) 3 Com. 106 :P..Iarketing...................... 3 Educ. Electives (2) .................... 3 Electives and 1-Unor .. 8 17 17 SENIOR YEAR First Semester Units Com. 227 Retail Merchndsng.... 3 Com. 229 Field \Vork in 1\Ierchandising (3) .............. I Educ. Elective (2) ..................... 3 Electives and Minor .. ..... 9 16 Second Semester Units Com. 228 Credits and Callee ..... 3 Educ. Elective (2) ............... 3 Geog. 218 Geog. of Trade Centers ..................................... 3 Electives and Minor... .... 7 16 •students who follov.· this curriculum >viii not necessarily receive certification to tea.ch. They will, howeYer, receive the bachelor's degree in education if they successfully complete the curriculum. 1. Either of these two courses may be taken as a required course. It is recom1nended that students select the other course to be taken as an elective. Note 2. Courses in Education particularly recommended are, Statistical Method and Advanced Statistics. Note 3. It is recommended that the course, Principles of Advertising, be elected in upper division work. Note 4. 1\-Hnors are recommended in Social Science, Geography, or in another phase of Commerce. Typing and Shorthand are recommended courses. l\~ote z ·-· COURSES IN COMMERCE TYPE CURRICULUM WITH EMPHASIS IN SECRET ARIAL SCIENCE FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Units Com. 101 Elem. Acctg. ····-·Com. 127 Survey of Business.... Sci. 100 Intro. to Phy. Sci ......... Engl. 101 Composition ..... _ P. E. 100 Hygiene....... Elective ....... Physical ActiYity ....... 4 1 3 3 2 Second Semester Com. 102 Elem. Acctg. .... Com. 128 Survey of Busine Sci. 110 Biology ____________________ _ Engl. 102 Composition ··-Elective in Art ..... 3 Elective ................................. . 0.5 Physical Activity ···--·········- 16.5 SOPHOMORE YEAR First Semester Com. 131 Prin. Economics Units 3 English Elective ·····-··-------··········· 3 Psych. 100 Gen. Psychology ........ 3 Com. 113 Shorthand 1 ................ 3 Geog. 100 Elem. of Geog,__ Physical Activity 3 0.5 Second Semester Com. 132 Prin. Economics .. English Elective ···········-······· Educ. 120 Sociology............... . Com. 114 Shorthand 2 ···-·· Soc. Sci. 100 Const. Govt ... Physical Activity ..... 15.5 JUmOR YEAR First Semester Units Com. 235 Adv. Shorthand .... ·-··· 3 Pol. Sci. Elective... _....................... 3 Educ. Elective* ······-··-···-······-··· 3 Electives and Minor.................... 6 Second Semester Com. 236 Sec. Science .... Educ. Elective• .......... Electives and Minor.. 15 SENIOR YEAR First Semester l.'nits Corn. 233 Adv. Bus. Corres ......... 3 Com. 237 Intro. to Mimeo ......... 1 Educ. Electiye• .................... 3 Electives and 1.-finor .. 10 Second Semester Com. 234 Office ~Iachines.. Com. 232 Prin. of Advertis Educ. Elective• ···-······-······ Electives and Minor........ ·-··· 17 •Jn selecting the Education Elective, students are encouraged to t1 t"•o f'mlr." ~t<>ti .. tir::>I M .. thno"I <>-n<'I ll.flv<>"r"'.-1 R+,.+;..,+;r.., STATE TEACHERS COLLEGE 98 TYPE CURRICULUM WITH EMPHASIS IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Com. 101 Elem. Acctg. Units ------------ 4 Com. 127 Survey of Eusiness .... 1 Sci. 100 Intro. to l'hy. Sci,__ Engl. 101 Composition.. 3 3 Physical Activity 0._5 P. E. 100 Hygiene ..................... _. ____ 2 Social Science Elective .. ----····- 3 Second Semester Com. 102 Elem, Acctg. Units ............ 4 Com. 128 Survey of Business.... 1 Sci, 110 Biology........... -·----··········-· 3 Engl. 102 Con1posilion ................ 3 Elective in Art................................ 2 Social Science Elective .............. 3 Physical Acti\·ity ······-············---· 0.5 16.5 16.5 SOPHOMORE YEAR First Semester Cnits Com. 131 Prin. F.eonon1Lc><__ 3 Psych. 100 Gen. Psychology.. 3 English Electh·e• ..... 3 Com. 105 l\1arketing...... 3 Geog. 100 Elem. of Geog. _________ 3 Physical Activity ............. 0.5 Second Semester Units Com. 132 Prin. EconomicfL 3 Educ. 120 Sociology.... ·········-- ___ 3 English Elective* 3 Com. I(J6 1\1urketing -------···········-·· 3 Elective _·____________________ ...... -............... 3 Physical Activity ............ _______ . 0.5 15.5 15.5 JUNIOR YEAR First Semester Com. 215 Business Organ ... Pol. Sci. 100 Const. Govt._. Educ. Elective• ........ Electives and l\'rinor __ _ Units ··- 3 3 3 6 Second Semester Units Com. 216 Business Organ .. 3 Educ. Elective• ·-------------3 Com. 232 Prin. of Adv. ····-· 3 ElectiYes and Minor .. 6 15 15 SENIOR YEAR First Semester Units Com. 205 Business LaVi"_ 3 Educ. Elective• -···-···-·· 3 Electives and Minor ----------......... 11 17 Second Semester Com. 220 Investments Corn. 206 Business Law Units ....... 3 ·----··· 3 Educ. Elective* __ ······-·--·········-······· 3 Com. 225 Cur. Econ. Prob.. 3 Electives and l\Unor ........... 5 17 *The student is encouraged to !"elect the courses, Statistical Method and Advanced Statistics, as Electh·c Education cour::Jes. l\~ote 1. Note 2. Note 3. Students iire f!r-ono1nically more fitted for v.·ork if they elect Typing and Shorthand as soon as pos!'dble in this curriculum. Students taking thi" curriculum Rre enr-oura.ged to minor in one of tht! other branches of Commerce. Commercial Spanish is a ;-aluable elective course ln the Foreign Language field. ACCOUNTING AND BUSINESS LAW Com. 101, 102. E1ementary Accounting. An introduction to the field of bookkeeping, accounting, and business administration. Theory of modern accounts; debit and credit; classification of accounts; procedure of recording transactions; work sheets; adjustment and closing of the ledger; balance sheets; profit and Joss statements, and the more common type of business· reports. COURSES IN COMMERCE 99 The balance sheet method of approach is used. No previous knowledge of bookkeeping is required. This course is strongly advised for all pre-professional students and required of all J\.ferchandising majors, Secretarial Science majors, and prospective commercial teachers. Mr. Dille. First and second semesters. Lecture three hours a v.'eek, laboratory two hours a ·week. 4 units each semester. 103. So.cial Security and Pay-roll Accounting. This course covers all the social security and pay-roll accounting procedure of the average business from the application for employment and subsequent time cards to the employer's periodic government reports. Both the legal and the accounting requirements of social security legislation is studied with respect to taxes, benefits payable, merit ratings, personnel control, personnel and comparative records, unemployment insurance, time keeping and pay-roll records. Text: "Social Security Accounting/' by Charles R. Hadley Company. Mr. Hilkert. First semester. Lecture two hours a week. Problems and practice assignments. Math. 115 Mathematics of Finance. 2 units. Required of all accounting majors. Dr. Wexler and ~fr. Dille. First semester, two hours a week. 2 units. 201, 202. Intermediate Accounting. An intensive study of corporations and corporation accounting; actuarial science; average due dates of accounts; inventories; tangible and intangible fixed assets; investments; funds and reserves; comparative statements; analysis of working capital and miscellaneous ratios; statement of application of funds. Prerequisite: Elementary Accounting or the equivalent. 1fr. Hilkert. First and second semesters. and problems. Lecture three hours a '\\'eek 3 units each semester. 203, 204. Advanced Accounting. Partnership organization, dissolution, and liquidation; venture accounts; statement of affairs; receiver's accounts; home office and branch accounting; parent and subsidiary accounting; consolidated balance sheets; consolidated profit and loss statements; foreign exchange; estates and trusts; budgets; public accounts; stock brokerage. Prerequisite: Elementary Accounting or the equivalent. 1Ir. Hi1kert. First and second semesters, !_ind problems, Lecture three hours a \\'eek 3 units each semester, 100 STATE TEACHERS COLLEGE 205, 206. Business Law. l\ study of the legal situations most frequently encountered in every-day life; contracts, sales, agency, partnerships, corporations, negotiable instruments, personal and real property, federal and state regulation of business. In addition to the legal theory, the practical application of the law is presented, especially as it applies to Arizona, This course includes a study of the origin and development of the law, the courts, legal remedies, court procedure, and the social aspects of law in general. Lectures, textbook, cases, and projects. Required of all accounting and merchandising majors and of prospective commercial teachers. 1\Ir. Hilkert. First and second semesters. Lecture, three hours a week. 3 units each semester, 208. Cost Accounting. A study of the theory of Cost Accounting and the various cost find systems including specific order costs, process costs, standard costs, and estimating costs. The business routine, as well as the cost accounting procedure, is studied. Preparation of the various cost statements and reports. The combined lecture and case method is used. Prerequisite: Elementary Accounting or the equivalent. Mr. Hilkert. Second semester. Lecture two hours a Vleek. Problems and practice set. 2 units. 207. Auditing Theory and Practice. Fundamental principles of audit practice and procedure, the verification of the balance sheet and the profit and loss items; the preparation of working sheets, and the compilation of audit reports. The combined lecture and case method is used. Prerequisite: Elementary Accounting or the equivalent. (Not offered in 1938-39) Mr. Hilkert. First sen1ester. Lecture t"'-o hours a ·week, and cases. 2 unltl!!. 210. Income Tax - Federal and State. A study of the Federal and State Income Tax Laws and training in the preparation of various income tax returns, including returns for corporations, partnerships, individuals, estates and trusts. The combined lecture and case method is used. Prerequisite: Elementary Accounting or the equivalent. l\-1r. Hllkert. Second semester. Lecture two hourfl a week, and case::. 2 units. 211, 212. Seminar in Accounting. In the senior year the student is permitted to select the special field of accounting in which he is most interested, such as chain store accounting, General Motors system of accounting for automobile dealers, public accounting, etc. Individual training, study, and research is provided in the COURSES IN COMMERCE 101 field of specialization selected by the student. Accounting Majors in their senior year. Available only to l\Ir. Hilkert and Staff, First or second semester. Conference hours to be arranged. Credit upon submission of satisfactor;r' research report. 2 units. MERCHANDISING Geography 101. ences. Economic Geography. See Department of Sci- Com. 105, 106. Marketing and Distribution. A general but critical survey of the field of marketing. Consumer demand in relation to the marketing machinery. Functions, methods, policies, marketing costs, and problems of the farmer, manufacturer, wholesaler, commission merchant, broker, retailer, and other middlemen. Emphasis on principles, trends, and policies in relation to marketing efficiency. This is a prerequisite to all other courses in merchandising. Mr. Dille. Lecture, three hours a ·week. 3 units each semester. 131, 132 Principles of Economics. See Business Administration. 215, 216 Business Organization and Administration. See Business Administration. 227 Retail Merchandising. A consideration of the organization and management of retail establishments; store locations; store organizations; buying; receiving; stockkeeping j inventories; sales systems; store policies; services; deliveries; expenses and profits; personal problems, and retail accounting. The viewpoint of the store owner or manager is emphasized. 1Ir. Dille. First r;en1e;;ter, three hours a ·week. 3 unit;;. 228 Credits and Collections. A course for the business manager. It includes the advantages and disadvantages of credit sales. Credit and collection practices and policies of the manufacturer, wholesaler, and retailer are discussed and evaluated. Attention is also given to the sales aspect of the credit department as \Yell as an evaluation of different forms of consumer credit. Prerequisites: Commerce 101, 102; Commerce 104, 105. Mr. Dille. Second sen1ester, three hours a week. 3 units. 229, 231 Field Work in Merchandising. Students majoring in marketing are permitted to do actual work for credit. The student must secure a position that meets the approval of the instructor. A series of reports will be made by the student on the work done. 102 STATE TEACHERS COLLEGE The amount of credit granted will depend on the nature of the position as well as on the reports that aTe handed in from time to time. Prerequisite: Senior standing, a major in marketing, and permission of the instructor. 111r. Dille. Credit, one to four hours, 1 to 4 units. 232 Principles of Advertising. Advertising in relation to marketing and general business. Advertising organization, science of advertising, copy, layout, typography, engraving, advertising strategy, advertising media, economics of advertising. The view point of the business manager is emphasized. 1i.fr. Dille. Second sen1ester, three hours a week. 3 units. SECRETARIAL SCIENCE 110. Techniques in Typing. The fundamentals of touch typewriting are mastered with appropriate emphasis upon proper position, rhythm, technique, and accuracy. Recommended for all those who desire to teach commercial subjects, and for those who merely wish to master the technique of typing. Laboratory fee, $1.00. l'.lr. Masteller. Either serne;;ter, daily, 2 units. 113, 114 Shorthand 1 and 2. The theory and practice of Gregg Shorthand. The principles of shorthand are thoroughly mastered. Drills in reading and writing are presented. The course is recommended for those who are planning a major in commerce, and for those who desire to teach business subjects, or for other students who desire to learn shorthand in order to qualify for commercial positions. Prerequisite: one semester typing. Fee, $1.00. l\fr. l\ilnslelier. First and second semesters. laboratory one hour. LP.cture three hours a week; 3 units. 120 Projects in Typing. Emphasis is placed on the attainment of greater speed and accuracy in typing, as well as on laboratory work of more pertinent value in the modern office. Much practical work is presented. At the completion of this course the student should be qualified to fill a commercial typing position in the field of business. Fee, $1.00. "11r. l'.1asteller. Either se1nester, daily. 2 units. 233 Advanced Business Correspondence. No attempt is made to supplement the cultural studies in English. Only the practical side of English as used in everyday business receives attention. The course aims to teach students to speak and write effectively with COURSES IN COMMERCE 103 a view toward accomplishing desired results in business. The cor· rection of common errors in business forms and in oral and WTitten applications for positions receives emphasis. Much practice is given in creative writing in business correspondence. 1.-Ir. Masteller. First semester, two hour.3 a week. 2 unjts. 234 Office Machines. An advanced course for those \vho have completed preliminary work in the secretarial field. Instruction is given in the care and use of the typewriter, the calculator, adding machines, filing systems, the mimeograph, dictaphone, and other types of modern office equipment. Offered only to upper division students, preferably to senior and graduate students. Prerequisites: Commerce 101, 102; Commerce 113, 114, 235; Commerce 110, 120; or their equivalent. Laboratory fee, $2.00. :.\Ir. Masteller. Second sen1ester, four hours a week. Additional laboratory work assigned. 2 units. 235 Shorthand 3, Advanced. A study of advanced dictation and transcription. Thorough review of the principles of Gregg Shorthand. Specialized dictation and transcription from various fields of business. The functional method utilized throughout. Prerequisite: Commerce 113, 114. Laboratory fee, $1.00. Mr. Masteller. Firsl semester, four hours a week. 3 unils. 236 Secretarial Science. A study of the principles and practices of conducting a modern office. Intensive drill and lectures in various skills demanded in the modern office. Integration between the use of skills and the understandings, attitudes, and appreciations demanded in the typical business office. A critical study is made of business forms and correspondence. Prerequisites: Econ. 131, 132; or Commerce 215, 216; Commerce 110; Commerce 113, 114, 235; or their equivalent. Laboratory fee, $2.00. l\Ir. 1Iasteller. ~econd semeioter, four hours a ·week. 3 units. 237 Introduction to Mimeographing. A practical course in the use of the mimeograph for office use but a1so the production of school annuals, newspapers, rosters, announcements, etc. The technique for using the mimeoscope, styli, lettering guides, shading plates and color work v."ill also be emphasized. Prerequisite: t\vo semesters typing; upper division standing. Class limited to fifteen. Laboratory fee, $2.00. Bo1h .scmestf'rs, two hours a week. 1 unit. 251, 252 Commercial Teaching Methods. A comprehensive survey of teaching methods and materials in all of the commercial sub- 104 STATE TEACHERS COLLEGE jects, with more definite emphasis on those which are more widely taught. The full year's work covers intensively the more progressive methods of teaching business subjects in each of the specialized fields. Prerequisites: Economics 131, 132; or Commerce 215, 216; Commerce 101, 102; Commerce 113, 114; Typing 1 or its equivalent; Commerce 205, 206. ~r. !-fastener. Lecture, two hours a ·week; laboratory ·work. 2 units. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 127, 128 Survey of Business, Required of all first year students who elect commerce as their major. The members of the staff will analyze various vocational opportunities and explain the advantages and disadvantages of each. Students will be tested vocationally and guidance will be given. Outside speakers from the business world will be brought in frequently to discuss opportunities that prevail. Staff members. First and second semesters, one hour a week. 1 unit. 131, 132 Principles of Economics. A study of economics that does not take into account the principles and projects developed in recent years fails to meet the requirements of today. In this course a fair estimate is made of the values of what is good in the old, and what must be modified by the changing conditions of modern life. In the second semester, study is directed chiefly to the effects of economic laws and tendencies upon present day business problems. Open to sophomores and upper division students only. Required of commerce majors. Dr. Atkinson. First and second seme.o;ters, three hours a V.'cek. 2 units each semester. 215, 216 Business Organization and Administration. A practical study of the basic forms of business organizations and types of management. An attempt is made to analyze the psychological qualities involved in management. Significant trends in modern business are noted. Latest methods involved in scientific management are thoroughly studied and applied. This course is limited to junior and senior students. Dr. Atkinson. Both semesters, three hours a week. 3 units. 217 Money and Credit. The principles relating to money and credit are today commanding an interest and assuming an importance never before experienced in American business life. In this course, a fair appraisement of controversial view points on these COURSES IN COMMERCE 105 subjects is given. Probable trends in the future based upon facts of the past and changing conditions of the present receive careful consideration. Prerequisite: Econ. 131, 132. Dr. Atkinson. Lecture, three hours a week. 3 units. 218 Principles of Banking. The history of American banking. Economics and credit. Correlation of banking with economics and economic conditions. Consideration of loans, discounts, types of credit, bank organization, and management, financial institutions, banking systems and banking statements. Offered in summer session. Prerequisite: Econ. 131, 132; or Com. 215, 216. Dr. Atkinson. Lecture, three hours a week. 3 units. 219 Labor Problems. Recent legislation in Congress embodied in Section 7a of the National Recovery Act has made the labor problem one of the most important subjects for consideration by the American people. This course attempts to trace the conditions that have led up to the present situation and outlines the prospect for the future relation of labor and capital. Prerequisite: Econ. 131, 132; or Com. 215, 216. Dr. Atkinson. Lecture, three hours a week. 3 units. 220 Investments. A practical course for the business manager as well as for the individual with an investment problem. It includes an analysis and evaluation of the securities offered by national, state and municipal governments j public utilities; railroads; industrial concerns; banks; insurance companies; investment trusts; realty companies; and holding companies. Consideration is also given to a study of business cycles, currency problems and governmental action in their relation to the position of the investor. Prerequisite: Commerce 101, 102, 131 and 132. Mr. Dille. Second semester, three hours a week. 3 units. 225 Current Economic and Social Problems. An attempt to appraise the content and quality of the most momentous of the fundamental changes in our economic and social relationships which are being proposed at the present day. l\.1ethods of maintaining clear distinction between facts and propaganda are kept clearly in mind. Dr. Atkinson. First semester, three hours a week. 3 units. DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION DR. BURKHARD (Head of the Department), MR. PAYNE {Director of Teacher Traininq), DR. GRIMES (Director of Extension). DR. WERT (Director of Graduate Study), DR. NETZER. MISS ROLL, MISS HAULOT. MRS. EMPEY. MISS LYND, MISS ANDERSON, MISS CALLOWAY. MISS ROBINSON, MISS JOHNSON, MISS ROBERTS, MISS CHASE, MR. MARSHALL, MRS. KUHNS, MRS. PEARLMAN, MR. STEVERSON, MR. ALLEN. MISS ROWLANDS. The purpose of the Department of Education is to provide can- didates for the teaching profession with professional perspective and skill in the techniques of teaching and in the administration of public schools. To accomplish this end, the student is required to pursue courses dealing with the psychology of human nature, the nature of subject matter, and the problems of social reconstruction in the light of democratic social theories. Opportunities for doing student teaching under supervision are provided in the training schools. Students who wish to prepare for rural education are given opportunity to do their student teaching under rural conditions. Candidates for the B.A. degree are required to complete a mini- mum of thirty hours in education and psychology. The following list of courses is prescribed for all candidates for the degree. REQUIRED PROFESSIONAL COURSES Psych. 100 General Psychology ............................. .,....... 3 Educ. 120 Sociology ············································---········· 3 Psych. 200 Educational Measurements .................................... 3 Educ. 210 Teaching Reading and Language ····················-·······2 Educ. 230 Elementary Curriculum and Techniques ·····-··-····· 2 Elective in Education or Psychology ........................................ 4 Educ. 250 Philosophy of Education ····-............ 3 Educ. 260 Directed Teaching .............................. . ......... 10 hours hours hours hours hours hours hours hours 30 hours The prescribed courses in the department of education should be taken in the order in which they are listed above. General psychology and sociology should be taken in the sophomore year since these two courses are prerequisite to all other courses in education. The courses in educational measurements and school law and management must be completed before the student may register for the course in curriculum and techniques. Philosophy of education is open only to seniors, except by special permission of the head of the department. 107 COURSES IN EDUCATION Directed teaching. Candidates for the bachelor's degree \Vill do their student teaching in the second semester of the junior year or the first semester of the senior year. All student teachers are required to teach for one-half day for each school day during one semester. This half-day includes three hours in the classroom and one and one-half hours in conference and school activities. Students doing their directed teaching may take six units of academic work during that part of the day not occupied with their teaching. During the semester in which students are teaching, they are not permitted to take part in any activities that interfere with their student teaching, conferences, or other duties in the training school. RURAL EDUCATION MAJOR Since a large proportion of the schools of Arizona are classed as rural schools, the department of education provides opportunity for making special preparation to engage in rural education. The directed teaching for rural teachers is done in a rural school operated under the sole supervision of the training school of the teachers' college. Students who wish to qualify for professional leadership in rural education should include the following major in their program of study. This program should be undertaken only with the advice and approval of the supervisor of rural education. Other courses may be substituted in this program at the discretion of the rural supervisor. Units Gen. Sci. 120 Biological Projects .. --------------------------··----···- 3 Educ. 207 Literature for the Grades ______ 3 Educ. 120 Sociology ............................................................ 3 Econ. 131 Principles of Economics ------------------------------------ 3 Educ. 240 Rural Education -------------------------------------3 Gen. Sci. 232 Nature Study -----··-----···--········ ____ 2 P. E. 230 School Health .................................................... 3 P. E. 232 Social Recreation Leadership -----------·----···-·····--- 2 Rural School Directed Teaching ·-------········-· 5 27 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES IN EDUCATION Educ. 120. Sociology. This is an introductory study of sociology. It is the aim to evaluate various problems growing out of the conflicts between individuals, groups, and nations. The psychology of human activity and the social institutions that have grown up as a result 108 STATE TEACHERS COLLEGE of the effort to satisfy human wants and needs are given critical analysis. The course deals with the basic interests of society as a whole and aims to discover social laws upon which a progressive and stable civilization may be based. Required of all candidates for graduation. Dr. Burkhard. Either semester, three hours a week. 3 units. 210. The Teaching of Reading and Language. Principles and methods involved in determining reading readiness, the initial process of learning to read. Acquiring of suitable skills and habits. The nature of the reading process as applied to the expanding needs of pupils in and above grade four. Testing and diagnosis. Adaptation of reading program to individual differences. Provision for remedial training. Dr. Netzer. Third year, elther semester, three hours a week. 3 units. 211-g. History of Education. A survey o-f the social life, ideas, and institutions that gave direction to western civilization. The purpose of such a survey is to- enable the student to gain a better understanding of the problems confronting present day society. Payne. Third or fourth year, three hours a week, I\.1r. 3 units. 214-g. Supervision and Administration in the Elementary School. A review of the purposes of elementary education. Following this review, the specific problems of the supervisor and the principal are considered, such as the newer type organizations and procedures; grading and promotions; use of new type examinations; rating of teachers; discipline; other related problems. Whenever possible, the problems are worked out in the training school. II.Ir. Payne. Third or fourth year, second semester, three hours a week. 3 units. A study of the social institution in which the individual gains his experience. Problems centering around the control of the environment and the control of social institutions as a means of determining the educational processes are dealt with. Such institutions as the family, school, church, industrial groups, and civic organizations are given consideration. (Not offered, 1938-1939.) 216-g. Educational Sociology. Dr. Burkhard. Third or fourth year, three hours a week. 3 units. 220-g. Arizona School System, Laws and Records. The general plan of organization and legal set-up of the Arizona school system is discussed. School law is studied with special reference to the work of the teacher and administrator. Comparison with school laws of COURSES IN EDUCATION 109 other states is made. Consideration is given to the making of reports and keeping of records. This course meets the requirement set up for the administrative certificate. ::\fr. P9.yne. Third year, either semester, three hours a week_ 2 units. 222. Teaching in the Secondary School. Considers the activities of secondary school teachers with an intensive study of the responsibilities of the teacher. Dr. \'\'ert. Second semester, two hours per week. 2 units. 223. The Junior High School. Prob1ems of administration, curriculum, and teaching in grades 7, 8, and 9. Open to juniors and seniors. Dr. Wert. First semester, three hours a week. 3 units. 224. Secondary Curriculum. The curriculum of progressive junior and senior high schools constitutes a major basis of this course. Secondary programs are evaluated in the light of the various points of view in psychology and educational philosophy. Dr. Wert. Two hours per week. 2 units. 225. High School Methods Seminar. Students meet in groups according to major field of teaching interest. Dr. "\Vert. Hours to be arranged. 2 units. 226-g. Safety Education. For teachers and prospective teachers of safety education in the public schools-objectives; teaching material available; methods of teaching; lesson planning; testing for safe drivers; teaching automobile driving; and integration with present school programs. Dr. Wert. Second semester, two hours a "'·eek. 2 units. 230. Elementary Curriculum and Techniques. Deals with what is to be taught and how best to teach it. Work centers in the organization of the subject matter outlined in the state course of study. This work should result in an understandi~g of procedure both in organization of subject matter and in techniques of instruction suited to various types of school organization. ·Consideration is given to scientific investigation and principles as they relate to these problems. Dr. Netzer. Third year, two hours a week. 2 units. 232-g. Educational and Vocational Guidance. The need, objectives, prevailing practices, and the administration of guidance programs with special emphasis on the development of an adequate guidance program. Dr. Skinner. Second semester, two hours a week. 2 units. STATE TEACHERS COLLEGE 110 233-g. Visual Aids in Education. A discussion of the principles upon \.vhich visual education should be established. An examination and evaluation of the latest rnaterals and methods. Whenever possible demonstrations are given and the actual use of visual aids shown in units of '\\-·ork. )..'1r. Payne. First semester, t1vo hours a week. 2 units. 240. Rural Education. Designed to assist the rural teacher to solve the immediate problems in the school and the community. The following topics are discussed: the rural school plant; equipment and instructional supplies; organization of the daily program; grouping and classifying pupils; individual instruction; occupational activities; the hot lunch; health program; club work management and administration; community service. The work is planned to assist teachers with both English speaking and non-English speaking children. Lynd. 'l'hird or fourth year, three hours a week. ~1iss 3 units. 241-g. Current Educational Problems. A study of educational problems that have appeared as a result of changes in social and economic conditions. The cu:rrent educational and social problems relating to school administration, school finance, curriculum revision, elementary-secondary schools, vocational guidance, textbooks, child '\Velfare, private and public agencies, and school health are given careful consideration. (Not offered in 1938-1939.) Dr. Burkhard. 'l'hird or fourth year, three hours a week, 3 units. 242-g. Contemporary Social Movements. A critical study of current social theories and their relation to the work of social reconstruction. A sociological approach to the problem of education for social control in a dynamic society. lJr. Burkhard. Second semester, tv.'o hours a week, 2 units. 245-g. Public Education in the United States. The evolution of the public school in the light of the many social forces that have come into conflict in the growth of our institutions. Open to juniors and seniors. (Not offered in 1938-1939.) Dr. Wert, First semester, three hours a. v.Teek. 3 units. 270. Analysis and Treatment of Problem Children. A study of the causation of delinquency. Methods of treating the maladjusted child. Field work through the Juvenile Probation Office at Phoenix, involving case study, treatment, and investigation of court cases. Prerequisite: Psych. 100 and Educ. 120. Mr. Allen. }.:it.her semester, two hours a week. 2 units. 111 COURSES IN EDUCATION 250. Philosophy of Education. A critical study of social and educational theories. Ideas, institutions, and methods are evaluated in the light of the social consequences that attend their application. The work is designed to help the student reconstruct his experiences with a view to making him better fitted to give professional service to the school and society. Open only to seniors. Dr. Burkhard. Fourth year, either semester, three hour!:' a week. 3 units. 260. Observation and Directed Teaching. All fourth year students observe model teaching and teach in the training schools for a half day session during one full semester. The observation of model teaching alternates with the model teaching throughout the semester, so that students may immediately apply observed methods. All student teaching is done from carefu11y prepared lesson plans under the supervision of training teachers. Each year a few selected students, who are preparing for secondary certification, are assigned to nearby high schools for student teaching. This teaching is done in regular high school classes under joint supervision of the high school and college. Under direction of training teachers. Fourth year, one semester-one-half day five days a week, either semester. 10 units, KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY COURSES Educ. 207. Literature for the Kindergarten-Primary Grades, A detailed study of literature, appreciation, sources, standards of selection, with special emphasis upon practice in story telling and in planning of story hour programs. Old folk and fairy tales, myths, legends, fables, hero tales, modern and realistic stories, poems, and children's illustrators are given careful study. ;Mrs. Pearlman. First year, first semester, three hours a week. 3 units. Educ. 212. Play Education for Kindergarten-Primary Grades. A practical course in rhythms, games, and dramatic plays for indoor and playground uses, with a brief study of the theories of play and their bearing on present day interpretations of play in the schools. Mrs. Pearlman. Second year, second semester, three hours a week, a units. Educ. 206. Congtruction and Play Materials. A laboratory course in the creative use of everyday materials as a means of developing individual expression and spontaneity in primary work. Paper, STATE TEACHERS COLLEGE 112 clay, textiles, wood, and construction work of all kinds are used and related to the activity program and unit types of work. Fee, $1.50. Mrs. Pearlman. Third yeur, second semester. four hours a week. Educ. 209. 3 units. Kindergarten-Primary Curriculum and Techniques. A basic theory course conducted through a survey of the curriculum for the kindergarten-primary grades, based on the social studies, with consideration of the integration of the formal school subjects and the activity program, as indicated in the best trends of present day edu- cation. Mrs. Pearlman. Fourth year, first semester, three hours a week. 3 units. Educ. 260k. Directed Teaching in the Kindergarten-Primary Grades. For admission to the practice teaching in the kindergarten-primary grades, the student must pass a music test in sight reading, singing, and piano accompaniment. During one semester, the student is required to spend one half-day (four and one-half hours) in conference, observation, and teaching. Under direction of a training teacher. Fourth year, either semester. 10 units. GRADUATE COURSES IN EDUCATION 303. Public School Organization and Administration. A study of the state, county, and district organization of public schools and administrative practices. Deals with such topics as budgets, community relationships, district boards, personnel management, extra curricular activities, and maintenance of the school plant. Particular attention to the problems of the principal. (Not offered in 1938-1939.) ),lr. Payne. 2 units. 305. Education and Social Control. The sociological foundations of education. A scientific study of institutions and their bearing upon the work of education. Social measurement and sociological techniques for carrying on investigations are given consideration in the 'vork of the course. Open to graduate students only. Dr. Burkhard. 2 units. 306. Character Education. Deals with the problems of educating for citizenship. Character education finds its setting in the implications of social theories and social ideals. The course will .. . Art 110 Pub!. Sch. Art. ...... . 1:linor or elective .... English, upper div. lit ...... Units 2 3 2 5 3 Second Semester Units Directed Teaching .................. 10 or Educ. 230, EL Curric..... 2 \ Minor or elective .............. 8 English, upper div. lit ................. 3 *English elective 3 15 SENIOR YEAR Unit::; First Semester .. 10 Directed Teaching ..... or Educ. 230, El. Currie .... 2 \ Minor or elective.. . .8 *Educ. 250, Phil. of Educ.. .... 3 English 253, Hist. of Lang, ______ 3 " Second Semester Units *Educ. 21(} Teaching of Read ... 2 *Education Elective ..................... 2 Minor or elective.......---·-··············· 5 *English, upper div. elective ... - 3 English 254, Hist. of Lang •........ 3 15 16 Note 1. The starred courses 1nay be taken either sen1ester. Note 2. Students \Vith a fair knovdedge of English history may choose anothe1· Soda! Science course in place of 105, 106. Note 3. Student>< ·who prefer laboratory course.s in science may substitute them for Gen. Sci. 100 and 110. The minor in English requires fifteen units beyond freshman composition, including the Survey of Literature and six hours of upper.division work. The minor in Speech requires fifteen units, and may be taken with dramatic or non-dramatic emphasis. Typical programs are sho"\o\·n below. They may be modified by arrangement with the Speech instructors. COURSES IN ENGLISH 117 Speech minor with dramatic emphasis: 110 121 123 235 240 252 Elements of Speech----------------·-----------------.... - ....... ····--·-------Dramatic Interpretation .. ................. ----Stage Production ·------ .... -------------- ---------................ Stage Directing ·------------·------------------· .... ···---.. ·-·--···· Children's Dramatics -----------.............. Adv. prob. in Child. Dramatics.. -----------·········- 2 2 3 3 3 3 unite units unit;:i units units units 16 units Speech minor with non-dramatic emphasis: 110 121 127 170 123 220 260 Elements of Speech ..... Dramatic Interpretation .......... Argumentation and Debate ··························---------- .......... _ Radio Speech Techniques ------······-··-------Stage Production -··-- ············-···-- ······- .. ______ ··-·-···-·······-········--·· Public Speaking ·-··Speech Correction 2 units 2 un:ts " unit:> 2 units units 1;n'.ts 16 unit:> DESCRIPTION OF COURSES IN ENGLISH Note: Courses not offered in 1938-1939 will be offered in 1939-19-10. COMPOSITION AND GRAMMAR 101, 102. First Year English. Mechanics and organization of compositions. Intensive and extensive reading. Elementary research methods. Dr. ::'ifyers, "\riss Blair, :O.Ir. Buckley, ::\Iiss Pilcher, Dr. Schilling, ?.Ir. Southern. First year. two se1nesteri', three hours a week. 6 unit!S 128. Advanced Composition. Not primarily a course in creative writing. For students who wish further training in the organization and expression of ideas. Mr. Southern Second semester. two hours a week. 2 units. 130. Journalism - News Writing and Reporting. A general introduction to the field of journalism. Prerequisite to other courses in journalism. Laboratory fee, $1.00. ?.Ir. Southern. First year, either semester, three hours a v;·eek. 140. Journalism - Copy Reading and Editing. lish 130. Laboratory fee, $1.00. Mr. Southern. Either sen1ester, three hours a week. 3 units. Prerequisite: Eng3 unitJI. 150. Practical Journalism. Admission only by consent of instructor. Assignments, hours, and units of credit by arrangement. ~Ir. Southern. Hours and credit to be arranged. 155. Advanced English Grammar. A. study of technical grammar based upon the prose ~tructure and idiom of the best modern writers. Etymology, word formation, and sentence formation. Variations in terminology and opinion in grammars of the present day are discussed and compared. Miss Pilcher. First semester. three hours a week. 3 units. 118 STATE TEACHERS COLLEGE Creative Writing, Training in various forms of imaginative writing. Admission by approval of instructor. English 129 is normally a prerequisite. 233. Mr. Southern. First semester, two hours a week. 2 unita. SPEECH AND DRAMAncs 110 Elements of Speech. An introductory course designed to give the student an understanding of the fundamentals of voice and speech. Such instruction as is essential for the establishment of good speech habits is given in the anatomy and physiology of normal speech, minor defects of speech, and phonetics. Dr. Ansberry. First year, either semester, two hours a week. 2 units. 121. Dramatic Interpretation. A study of the art of securing and presenting the intellectual and emotional content of literature. Three recitals are required in the fields of prose, poetry, and drama. Miss Simpson. First year, either semester, two hours a ·week. 2 units. 122 Acting. A study of the techniques of acting, with exercises to develop them. Students will be cast in plays when possible. Prerequisites: English 110 and 121. 1:1iss Simpson. Second year, second semester, two hours a week, 2 units, 123. Stage Production. A study of the fundamentals of stage design and construction, lighting, costuming, make-up, and stage management. No prerequisite. Miss Simpson. Second year, either semester, two hours a week and workshop. 3 units. 124. Pageantry. Writing and production problems of pageantry, with special emphasis on the possibilities of out-door pageantry in Arizona. 1.fiss Simpson. Second year, first semester, one hour a week. 1 unit. 127. Argumentation and Debate. A study of the principles of argumentation as illustrated in debate. Essential to students expecting to engage in intercollegiate debate. Dr. Ansberry. First se1nester, tTu·o hours a week. 2 units. 170. Radio Speech Techniques. A survey in radio appreciation, radio acting, and radio writing, including actual laboratory practice in microphone delivery. Opportunities are given for appearance over Phoenix radio stations. Miss Simpson. Either semester, t·wo hours a '\•:eek. 2 units. COURSES IN SPEECH 119 220. Public Speaking. A course in the organization and delivery of various types of speeches, with emphasis on those types which occur most often in everyday life. Dr. Ansberry. Second semester, two hours a week. 2 units. 235. Stage Directing. Theory and practice in the directing of plays under faculty supervision. Prerequisites: English 110, 121, 122, 123, and consent of the instructor. 11iss Simpson. Third year, either semester, two hours a week, with laboratory to be arranged with the instructor. 3 units. 240. Children'• Dramatics. Theory and practice in dramatics for grade school children. Prerequisite: English 123. Jifiss Simpson. Fourth year, either semester, t\\·o lectures and three laboratory periods a ~·eek. 3 units. 260. Speech Correction. An introduction to the principles of speech correction designed primarily for prospective teachers in the elementary schools. Practical instruction is given in the recognition and treatment of the common defects of speech which occur among school children. The importance of the elementary school teacher in a program of speech improvement is stressed. A clinic in which students with defective speech may secure assistance is conducted in connection with this course. Dr. Ansberry. Second semester, three hours a week. 3 units. LITERATURE AND LANGUAGE Educ. 207. Children's literature. This course is offered by the department of Education, but may be counted toward the English major. 151, 152. Survey of English Literature. Two sections of this course will be offered, one for English majors and one for other students. The emphasis will differ in the two sections according to the needs of the groups. Dr. 1fyers and Dr. Schilling. Second year, two semesterf', three hours a ·week. 6 units. 201, 202. History of the Novel. The origins of prose fiction, the novel in England and America, with some attention to significant examples of foreign literature. Analysis of typical examples and reading of outside assignments. Miss Pilcher. (Not offered in 1938-1939.) Two semesters. Three hours a week, 6 unit!!, STATE TEACHERS COLLEGE 120 203. History of the Drama. The English drama from the Middle Ages to the present, together with selective examples of foreign influences. Reading of representative plays of each period. Dr. Schilling, (Not offered in 1938-1939.) First semester, three hours a week, 205, 206. Shakespeare. 3 units. Critical study of ten plays. An introduc. tion to various problems of Shakespearean scholarship. (Not offered in 1938-1939.) Dr. Myers. Two sen1esters, three hours a week, 209, 210. Nineteenth Century Prose. G units. The leading prose writers of England, with readings of their most significant works and study of their influences. The first semester deals with the Romantic generation-Lamb, DeQuincey, Hazlitt; the second semester deals with the Victorian. (Not offered in 1938-1939.) Miss Pilcher. T'\VO seinesters, three hours a week, 6 units. 211, 212. Nineteenth Century Poetry. The first semester deals with the Romantic period, the second with the Victorian. 1\:Iiss Pilcher. Two se1nesters, three hours a week. 6 units. 213. Modern Fiction. A study of the modern novel beginning with Meredith. No text, fee, $1.00. 1\.:Iiss Pilcher. First se1ne,,.ter, three hours a week. 3 units. 214. Contemporary American Fiction. A study of the most important contemporary writers; their careers and distinctive traits, with particular attention to the relationship of their ideas with important present day problems. No text, fee, $1.00. 1\-liss Pilcher. Second semester. three hours a week. 3 units. 216 Contemporary Poetry. English and American poetry of the twentieth century; techniques, aims, and significance. Dr. 1\1yers. Seconrl se1nf'ster, three hours a week. 3 units. 217. Modern Drama. The chief dramatic \Vriters of the generation preceding the World War. Readings from representative plays in Dickinson's second series of modern dramas. Study of the theater as influenced by the national school of the period. Dr. Schilling. First ;;Prne~ter. thr.,,.. hour"' : \' "<"k. 3 unit~. COURSES IN ENGLISH 121 218. Contemporary American Drama. A study of the American Drama since the World War, with special attention to- experimental techniques. Dr. Schilling. Second semester, three hours a week, 3 units. 221, 222. American Literature. A review of the national period of American literature. A study of the New England movement; transcendentalism; modern realism. Wide readings in the works of the leading poets and essayists. Dr. Schilling. Two semesters, three hours a ·week. 6 units. 223. Milton. The life of Milton, his relation to the literary and social background of his period, and textual study of his chief \Yorks. 1'.fiss Pilcher. Second semester, three hours a v.·eek. 3 units. 224. Pope. The life of Pope, his relation to the literary and social backgrounds of his period, and textual study of his chief works. Miss Pilcher. (Not offered in 1988-1939.) Second semester, three hours a week. 3 units. 226. Short Story. The development of the short story as a literary form; analysis of its technique through study of examples from the work of representative authors. (Not offered in 1938-1939.) Dr. Schilling. Second semester, three hours a week. 3 units. 243. Chaucer. As study of Chaucer's poetry, language, and intellectual background. Dr. Myers. Second seme;:ter, three hours a week. 3 units. 253, 254. History of the English Language. English from AngloSaxon times to the present. Readings in Old and Middle En~lish. The development of the English syntax and vocabulary. Str~ngly recommended for all English majors. Dr. l\fyers. Fourth year, two semesters, three hours a week. 6 units. 301, 302. Graduate Seminar in English Criticism. A study of the development of critical theory. Training in research. Open to graduate students only. Dr. Myers. Two semesters, two hour-'! a w"'·Jk. 4 units. DEPARTMENT OF HOME ECONOMICS MISS DOUGLASS (Head of the Department), MRS. CLARK, MISS B1lEWER This department offers training in home economics designed to meet the needs of students of three groups: first, those who wish to teach in this field at the elementary or junior high school level; second, those who wish to meet the requirements for Smith~ Hughes certification; and third, those who wish to prepare for the vocation of homemaking, or who desire a background for other vocations, which grow out of the study of home economics. THE MAJOR IN HOME ECONOMICS Those who elect to major in this field will select courses to make a total of 26 to 30 units, exclusive of 5 units in practice teaching. In the list below, courses marked with a star (*) are required of each major; other home economics courses to complete the major may be selected according to the wishes of the individual student. In addition to these departmental requirements all majors will elect the follov.ring courses in science: Chem. 110 Essentials of General Chemistry, Chem. 180 Organic Chemistry, and Biol. 120 Human Physiology. Lower Division Courses •101 •102 104 •105 •108 •109 110 Elementary Nutrition ................. . Clothing Selection ···---·-·-· ···············-·-·······-· Family Health ·-···-·······-··-····· Applied Food Principles -··--··-· .................. Clothing Construction __ ....................... ·-·-·-··--·---·-····· Home Management ......... . Household Equipment .......................... . Units . ··········-····-· 3 3 2 3 3 ···----·-·· 3 ······-··· 3 Units Upper Division Courses .. 2 202 Problems of the Consun1er .. 3 Child Development ................. . 3 20fi Food for the Family ........... . 3 207 Nursery School Education •208 Home Economics Educnt.ion ·····························-· ····· 3 .................. 3 209 The Family ................ . •210 Directed Teaching in Home Economicf" ···-·-·-·-··-·- 5 211 Advanced Clothing .... . ····· 3 . .........• 3 .................... . 212 Advanced Nutrition ............ ........... 3 214 Home l\fanagement Houf'e •20:~ THE MAJOR IN HOME ECONOMICS LEADING TO SMITH-HUGHES CERTIFICATION Those who elect to prepare for Smith-Hughes certification will select courses to make a total of 36 to 40 units, exclusive of the units required in practice teaching. In the list below, courses marked with a star ( *) are required, other home economics courses COURSES IN HOME ECONOMICS 123 to complete the major may be elected. In addition to these depart- ment requirements, all Smith-Hughes majors are required to elect the same courses in science which are prescribed for general home economics majors. Lower Division Courses •101 Elementary Nutrition ·--·----·····---------.. ---•102 Clothing Selection -·--···---------------.. ···· .................. •104 Family Health -----·---------·-----------------•105 Applied Food Principles ...................... .......................... •108 Clothing Construction -------···-·······- ---····················-- •109 Home Management ···········---------------110 Household Equipment ---..--- .................... Units 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 Units 2 Problems of the Consumer Child Development ··--··-··--· ·-·----·----- ·----3 Food for the Family ·······-······-························· 3 Nursery School Education ·--······-·· 3 Home Economics Education ·······-··-····· ....... --------··· -············-······· 3 The Family -·-·-···-·-·-·-·····-···-··········-··-··.................. 3 Directed Teaching ···············-····················· -----------···-·-·· 5 Advanced Clothing ···---··-··-··---········· .................... 3 Advanced Nutrition ···-···-·-········ .................. ··········-····-· 3 Home Management House ......................... ··················--·- -·---···········-·· 3 Upper Division Courses •202 •203 •206 •207 •20s •209 •210 211 212 •214 THE MINOR IN HOME ECONOMICS Students majoring in other fields may elect a minor of not less than fifteen units in home economics under the advice and with the approval of the head of the department ""·ho will designate the courses to be selected. TYPE CURRICULUM FOR STUDENTS MAJORING IN HOME ECONOMICS FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Units Engl. 101 Composition -·-··--- 3 Social Studies (Note 2)_ ............ 3 •P. E. 100 Hygiene.·-···-··········-- 2 fui~lv~ct~~~-~~~---····-···::::::::::::::= ~- 5 H. Ee. 101 Elem. Nutri. -----· 3 16.5 1.~nits Second Semester Engl. 102 Composition 3 Social Studies ................... 3 Biol. 120 Physiology 3 •Art 100 Publ. Sch. Art. .... . 2 P. E. Activity ..................... D.5 Elective ·····- ............. 2 H. Ee. 102 Cloth. Sele\'. ·····------· 3 16.5 SOPHOMORE YEAR First Semester Units •Psych, 100 Gen. Psych. ···-·-····· 3 •Geog. 100 Elem. of Geog ......... 3 Chem, 110 Inorg. Chem. --······ 4 P. E. Activity -·········-·-···--·--·-··· O.fi H.E. 105 Applied Food Prin ..... 3 H.E. 109 Home Man. ···-············ 3 Second Semester l.'rnits •Educ. 120 Sociology ·---··· 3 •s. Sci. 100 Const. Govt. 3 Chem. 180 Org. Chem. ··----·-4 P. E. Activity ···········-··········-··----· 0.5 H. Ee. 108 Cloth. Const. ···-······· 3 H. Ee. 10.t Family Health ··--- 2 16 5 15.5 STATE TEACHERS COLLEGE 124 JUNIOR YEAR First Semester Units Psych. 200 Educ. l\ieas .... __________ 3 Educ. 220 Sch. Syst. Laws Rec. 2 H. Ee. 202 Prob. of Cons __________ 2 H. Ee. 203 Child Dev. ------------- 3 H. Ee. 208 H. Ee. Ed. .......... 3 Minor or elective ... :. .................. 3 Second Semester Units Directed Teaching ........................ 10 H. Ee. 207 N.S. Ed.... ........... 3 or Educ. Elective ···-·······-·······- 3 } Educ. 210 Teach. Read........ 3 0 1 ~~n~~- ~06 ic~~Xe·f"o·r···Fam:· ~ 16 (17 or) 13 SENIOR YEAR First Semester Directed Teaching ...... H. Ee. 207 N. S. Ed. or Units ·····-···10 ............. 3 Educ, Elective .. . . . . . Educ. 210 '!'each. nead . Minor or elective .. H. Ee. 209 The Family 3 } 2 8 3 Second Semester Units Educ. 250 Phil. of Ed. _______________ 3 Educ. 230 Elem. Currie. Tech. 2 H. Ee. 214 Home Man. House .. 3 Minor or elective ........·-------·-·· .... 8 (16 or) 13 16 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES OFFERED IN HOME ECONOMICS H. Ee. 101. Elementary Nutrition. A study of the fundamental principles of nutrition, of the selection of an adequate diet, and the significance of food in its relation to health. Open to men and women. :;\l1ss Douglass. First year, first semester, three hours a week, 3 units. H. Ee. 102. Clothing Selection. Training is offered in the selection of clothing with consideration of materials, of cost, of style and design, of the individual, and occasion. Mrs. Clark. Fin;;t year, second semei'lter, three hours a v;reek. 3 units. 104. Family Health. Information on good health for the family, special attention being given to a study of the mother through pregnancy and childbirth and the care of the infant. Miss Douglass. Second year, second semester, two hours a week, 2 units. 105. Applied Food Principles. A study of general principles of cookery and the nutritive facts involved. Open only to majors in the department. Fee $3.00. Jl.frs. Clark. Second year, first semester, six hours a week. 3 units. 106. Food Preparation and Meal Service. A consideration of the fundamental processes involved in food cookery, meal planning and table service with special emphasis given to the practical aspects. COURSES IN HOME ECONOMICS 125 Designed especially for non-major students interested in foods work. Fee $3.00. !\.fiss Douglass. First or ::;et·ond year, first semester, .six hours a week. 107. Fundamentals of Clothing Construction. 3 units. A course designed to offer to non-major students some experience in the practical aspects of clothing selection and construction. Mrs. Clark. Second year. second semester, six hours a week. 108. Clothing Construction. units. An opportunity to develop the prin- ciples of dressmaking through the construction of several inexpensive garments. Also further experience in the selection of materials and design with due regard to suitability and cost. Open only to major students. Mrs. Clark, First or second year, second semester, six hours a week. 3 units. 209. The Family. A study o-f the organization of the family as an institution that is changing, and the development of guiding principles in the future family. Open to junior and senior men and women. Miss Douglass. Third or fourth year, second semester, three hours a week. 3 un'.ts. 210. Directed Teaching. Opportunity is offered to teach home economics one quarter to training school pupils under the supervision of the department of home economics. ~fiss Douglass. Mrs. Clark. Third or fourth year, eithec· semester, €\"er>· afternoon. 5 units. 211. Advanced Clothing. This course offers experience in v,~ool and silk construction problems; advanced fitting problems, and a further study of good style and design. Opportunity is also offered for making and assembling illustrative material for the teaching of clothing. Prerequisites: H. Ee. 102 and 108. 1i!rs. Clark. Fourth year, first semester, six hours a week. 3 units. 212. Advanced Nutrition. A study of special problems in diet and nutrition. Prerequisite: H. Ee. 101 and 105. Fee, $1.00. Miss Douglass. Fourth year, se~ond seme~ter, five hour~ a week. 3 units. 214. Home Management House. An opportunity is offered for students to live in a family-sized dwelling for a six week period and have the chance of carrying on all the duties involved in 126 STATE TEACHERS COLLEGE homemaking. Open only to senior home economics majors. Prerequisites: H. Ee. 104, 109, 203, 206. Fee, $5.00 and board and room at the regular college rate. Miss Brewer. Fourth year, second semester, 3 units. 109. Home Management. A study of standards of living, the budgeting of time and income, household accounting, and the selection, care and efficient arrangement and use of the house and equipment. Fee $1.00. :airrs. Clark. Second year, first semester, three hours a week. 3 units. 110. Household Equipment. The business of selecting and using all types of household equipment is studied in detail. Mrs. Clark. Second year, second semester, three hours a week. 3 units. 202. Problems of the Consumer. A study of the problems, wants, needs· and practices of the conswner buyer in the fields of foods, textiles, clothing and home equipment. Also a consideration of the part played by advertising, retail stores, and government agencies in influencing and protecting the consumer. Miss Douglass. 'l'hird year, first semester, two hours a week, 2 units. 203. Child Development. A study of the physical, mental, emotional and social development of the pre-school aged child. Special emphasis is placed on habit formation and the correction of common behavior problems. Miss Brewer. Third year, first semester, three hours a week, a units. 206. Food for the Family. The economic selection and nutritive value of foods are stressed. Various types of meals and table service are studied. Practice is given in planning, preparing and serving suitable family meals. Open only to majors in the department. Prerequisites: H. Ee. 101 and 105. Fee, $3.00. Miss Douglass, Third year, second semester, six hours. a units. 207. Nursery School Education, Opportunity is given to observe in and assist with the Nursery School program. A study is made COURSES IN HOME ECONOMICS 127 of the development of the nursery school movement and the theories underlying current practices. Prerequisite: H. Ee. 203. Fee, $1.00. Miss Brewer. Third or fourth year, either semester, fi\"e hours a week. 3 Units. 208. Home Economics Education. A study of the special content of the home economics curricula and the special methods used in the teaching of this field, as well as an evaluation of available teaching aids. Fee, $1.00. Miss Douglass. Third year, first semester, three hours a week. 3 units. DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL ARTS MR. NEEB (Head of lhe Department). MR. NAY, MR. STEWART The work of this department has been arranged to prepare students to become teachers, supervisors, and directors of industrial arj;s subjects in both the elementary and secondary schools. Two divisions of work are offered to students preparing to teach industrial subjects. The one concerns itself with problems as presented by the elementary and junior high schools, the other with subject matter and content suitable for the secondary schools. SPECIAL CURRICULA The following curricula for the preparation of teachers of industrial arts subjects in the elementary and high schools have been arranged in cooperation with several committees of engineers whose activities have been sponsored by the Phoenix Chapter of the American Association of Engineers. The courses included in each curriculum and their sequences, together with their rich vocational content, are designed to fit the student for the successful pursuit of his professional activities. A new industrial level of achievement, commensurate with commercial shop practice is attained with the completion of each year's work. The Phoenix Chapter elected the following engineers to act as an advisory board to the Department of Industrial Arts. Vic H. Housholder, Chairman Starling M. Morse William L. Pendleton W. R. Hutchins Howard S. Reed James L. Bone L. S. Neeb J. Lee Chambers This Advisory Board selected the following sub-committees to work with the department: ELECTRICITY B. F. Carter, Chairman Lewis Doutrick Roy Richards BUILDING AND CONSTRUCTION Sheldon Baker, Chairman Ra! ph Hoffman Walter Johannessen DRAWING V. O. Wallingford, Chairman Otto Janssen Lloyd Leraine Pike FARM ELECTRICITY H. J. Lawson, Chairman David F. Wilkie MECHANICS Walter DuMoulin, Chairman B. F. Carter C. C. Tillotson RADIO A. C. Anderson, Chairman F. C. Dodds Roy Richards COURSES IN INDUSTRIAL ARTS 129 THE MAJOR IN INDUSTRIAL ARTS The minimum requirement for the major should include a total of twenty-four units of work distributed according to the following outline. l,"nits Drawing Courses Electrical Courseg v; ood VVorking Courses ---·-Machine Shop Courses ........ . - - - - - --- --- -·------------------------.--• 7 ----- 6 fi ...... 12 6 30 THE MAJOR FOR THE FOUR-YEAR CURRICULUM This arrangement is planned for those who are preparing teach in high schools. A minimum of thirty units is to be lected from the courses listed with the advice and approval the head of the department. The sequence of courses is to observed as indicated in the outline. to seof be FRESHMAN YEAR l;nits Engineei.:ig Drawing .... __ . .. ............. ... ............... Elementary c--._binet l\Iaking __ --------------------- _---- _------ ---- ------·-----··------------Descriptive Geometry --------------Advanced Cabinet Making -------------------·······-··· 3 3 3 3 12 SOPHOMORE YEAR Wood Turning -----------Mechanism ---------------------·------Machine Shop Practice Job Analysis 3 3 3 3 12 JUNIOR AND SENIOR YEARS Auto Ignition ------------------------------- .. ------------·-----·····---------------· Electrical Construction --------------- --------------------------Direct Current Electricity -------------------- ----------Supervision and Admini.5tration of Industrial Arts ··--·-······ ---- 6 6 6 3 21 130 STATE TEACHERS COLLEGE INDUSTRIAL ARTS MINORS MINORS FOR STUDENTS NOT MAJORING IN THE INDUSTRIAL ARTS DEPARTMENT ARCHITECTURAL ORAWING MINOR Units 105. 106. 201. 202. 211. 212. Architectural Drawing ................... S Architectural Drawing -----·----·······-···············-·· 3 Architectural Drawing -----------·----------·---·--·---·······--···-·········--- 3 Architectural Drawing .........................---·········--·---·····-·········- 3 .Job Analysis ···-····--··-··-······················-······················--·-·--····· 2 Curriculum Making ---················-······-· -·····-··········· 2 16 MECHAIDCAL DRAWING MINOR 113. 114a 155. 156. 211. 212. Engineering Drawing ............. or 114b Descriptive Geometry Elementary Mechanism ·--l\l[achine Design ----···-··-··Job Analysis ·-·----------············ Curriculum Making ····-·-·- ············-··········· '33 ' 2 2 16 WOODWORKING MINOR 1:21. 122. 207. 208. 211. 212. 217. Elementary Cabinet Making Advanced Cabinet Tuiaking ... Carpentry ----------------··················· Carpentry --·-······-------·-·--··. Job Analysis -···········--·--·· Curriculum Making Stair Building ····-- .... ···········--·· 3 3 3 3 2 2 3 19 MECHANICS MINOR 111. 112. 164. 160. 211. 212. Machine Shop Practice ...... 11:achine Shop Practice ···-·-·-------··--··· Pattern Making -·-····-······--· Sheet Metal ·····-··--·-········-···------------Job Analysis ----------------Curriculum Making ···---···-·· ELECTRICAL MINOR Elementary Electricity -········-·-··········- -----··--·--------------········· 101. Auto Ignition ----·---····--··-··--··-·--·····--····-·--·········-·····-· 102. Auto Ignition -------····-··················-·-···-·-·-······-···----------·-···-·· 154. Electrical Toy Const. ···--···----- ·········-······-···--··············-····-·-·-··········203. D. C. Electricity ···-·-------·-···· ··········-···-···- ························-------·-·-·-····-······ 203a. D. C. Machinery ·-·--·-·-·· ··············-··-------------------------···-··········---·· 211. .Tob Analysis ··-··--··--·-·-···········---···-········-·-·-···212. Curriculum 1\.'Caking -·· ·····················-----------------------------·······-········ 100. 3 3 ' 3 2 2 " 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 22 RADIO MINOR 115. 116. 215. Principles of Radio ........ ·····-·······-·----·············-------------··-·Radio Transmission .... ···········-·-···--·----·····----·············-····-········· Radio Receiving (equipment, design, and constr.)-----···· ~~ ~: b'~1~r11}iJ19tJ~l ~ ···-·---------···- ···············::::::::::::::::::::.......::::::::::::::::::. 3 3 ~ 2 " 131 COURSES IN INDUSTRIAL ARTS FOUR-YEAR CURRICULUM IN INDUSTRIAL ARTS WITH EMPHASIS ON BUILDING AND CONSTRUCTION FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Units Engl. 101 Composition ________ 3 Chem. 111 Inor. Chem, ____ < •Elective - - - - - - - - - - · - 2 'Hygiene 2 P. E. ActivitY----·---- 0.6 I. Art 121 Wood Work..----··- 3 Mech. Drawing. ___________ 3 17.5 Second Semester Units Engl 102 Composition _______ 3 Chem. 112 Inorg. Chem. ________ -4 • Art 100 Publ. Sch. Art. _____ 2 •Elective --------···--··----- 1 P. E. ActivitY---·············--·------- 0.5 I, Art 122 Adv. Cab. M kg. ______ 3 Descr. Geom.-· 3 16.5 SOPHOMORE YEAR First Semester Units 'Psych. 100 Ckn. Psych.. ____ 3 'Geog, 100 Elem. of Geog, _ _ 3 Social Studies (See Note 2)_ P. E. Activity __________ Math. 107 Algebra.......- - - - - I. Art 164 Pat. Mkg. Or I. Art 163 Turning ___ Forge (See Note 4) 3 0.5 3 3 3 18.5 Second Semester Cnits •Educ. 120 Sociology _______________ 3 Sci. 100 Const. Govt. ____ 3 Social Studies (See Note 2) ___ 3 P. E. 120 ActivitY----··-----------------Math. Trig. __________ 30.5 •s. I. Art 2f1'T Mill Work Or I, Art 105 Arch. Draw 3 Sheet Metal (See Note 4)-- S 18.5 JUNIOR YEAR 9Education Elective .. ----·-·-·- 3 •Educ. 210 Tchng. of Reading .3 Second Semester Units •Psych. 200 Educ. Meas. ___ 3 •Educ. 220 Sch. Syst. Laws, Rec. Teaching ------------------------2 Directed __________________10 Pby11. 111 Gen. Phy11lcs _______ I. Art 208 Carpentry ___________ I. Art 154 Electr. Constr. __ I, Art 211 Job Analysis _ _ _ Or the following group: bys. 112 Gen. Physics .... 4} Art 218 Steel Square._. 3 [ Art Housewirlng _______ 3 I. Art. 212 Currie. Makg. ______ 2 First Semester Units 4 3 8 2 17 17 SENIOR YEAR First Semester Units •Educ. 230 El Currie. Techn._ .3 Directed Teacbing _______ to Or Elective and Minor __________ 10 I. Art 217 Stair Bldg, _________ 3 15 Second Semester Units •Educ. 250 Phil. of Educ. ______ S Elective and Minor. ______________10 Or the following group: Phys. 112 Gen. Physics .... "} I. Art 218 Steel Square._ 3 { I. Art Housewlrlng. _ _ S I. Art 302 Supv. and Adm, __ 3 16 Note 1. In the case of the starred courses, sections are to be so arranged that half the group will take the course the first semester and half in the second semester. Note a. The courses in social studies are to be selected from the following: Hist. 101, 102; 103, 104; and Econ. 131. 132. Note 3. Electives may be so chosen as to include a minor of fifteen units in some field other than education. This neld may be a special phase of industrial arts. Substitution for the I. Art courses list"ed in the above outline may be made with the advice of the bead of the department of industrial arts, Note 4. Men may substitute Art 108 Sign Writlng in place o! Art 110. Note 5. Half the student teachers do their practice teaching in the last half of the junior year; the others in the ftrst half of the senior year. STATE TEACHERS COLLEGE 132 FOUR-YEAR CURRICULUM IN INDUSTRIAL ARTS WITH EMPHASIS ON ELECTRICAL COURSES FBESHMAN YEAR First Semester Units Engl. 101 Composition _________________ 3 Chem. 111 Inorg. Chem... __ 4 •Elective ............... 2 'Hygiene -------·-············ 2 P .. E. Activity....... ... 0.5 I. Art 101 Auto lgn. -·-·-· 3 Mechanlcal Drawing .................... 3 Second Semester Units Engl. 102 Composition ... ________ 8 Chem. 112 Inorg. Chem............... 4 'Art 110 Publ. School Art. ________ 2 'Elective ·-·····--·-·············----------·- 2 P. E. Activity...-------·-······------ 0.5 I. Art 102 Auto lgn •.. ·-······-····-· 3 Sh. Metal or Forge ___________________ 3 17.5 17.5 SOPHOMORE YEAR First Semester Vnits •Psych. 100 Gen. Pysch.--········- 3 'Geog. 100 Elem. of Geog·--·- S Social Studies (See Note 2)_.. P. E. Activity·······-··-···········--·-··· Math. 107 Algebra........................ _ I. Art 153 Elem. Elec ................. Machine Shop Qr Wood Shop __ 3 0.6 3 3 3 Second Se.~1ester Units •Educ, 120 Sociology... - ................. 3 •soc. Sci. 100 Const. Govt. _______ 3 Social Studies (See Note 2) ... _. 3 P. E. ActivitY---·········-······-··-··· 0.5 Math. 120 Trig·--·-·····-----·--·····-- 3 I. Art 154 Elec. Cons ........... ·-··· 3 Machine Shop or Wood Shop 3 ill 18.5 JUNIOR YEAR L'nits 'Education Elective ..............________ 3 •Educ. 210 Teachg. of Readng. 2 First Semester Phys. 111 Gen. Physics .. ·---······4 I. Art 203 D. C. Electricity .... 3 I. Art 215 Radio.·------·--··-······---· 3 I. Art 211 Job Analysis ........... _. 2 Second Semester llnlts •Psych. 200 Educ. Meas ......... ··-· S •Educ, 220 Sch. Syst. Laws, Rec. ----------·------------·-·····--- 2 Directed Teaching......---····-·····-----10 Or the following group: Phys. 112 Gen, Physics ...... I. Art 204a D. c. Mach •...• 3 { I. Art 216 Radio·-·-·--··-·-··· 3 I. Art 212 Currie. Making _________ 2 4} 17 17 SENIOR YEAR Units 'Educ. 230 Elem. Currie. Techn. 2 First Semester Directed Teaching....................... _.10 Or Elective....... - ................... 10 I, Art 251 A. C. Electrlcity.... 3 15 Second Semester Units •Educ. 250 Phil. of Educ...·-···-·- 3 Elective ······--······-··-··········--·-··--····IO Or the following group: Phys. 112 Gen. Physics _____ Art 204a D. c. Mach ..... 3 { I. I. Art 216 RadiO----··-··-··-- 3 I. Art 252 A. C. Machines .......... - 3 4} 16 Note 1. In the case of the starred courses, sections are to be so arranged that half the group will take the course the first semester and half in the second semester. Note 2, The courses In social studies ttre to be selected from the following: Hist. 101, 102; 103, 104; and Econ, 131, 132. Note 3. Electives may be so chosen as to include a minor of fifteen unlt8 ln some field other than education. This field may be a special phase of industrial arts. Substitution for the I. Art courses llsted in the above outline may be made with the advice of the head of the department of industrial arts. Note 4. ?1-len may substitute Art 108 Sign Writing in place of Art 110. COURSES IN INDUSTRIAL ARTS 133 FOUR-YEAR CURRICULUM IN INDUSTRIAL ARTS WITH EMPHASIS ON THE GENERAL SHOP FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester "Units Engl. 101 Composition ___ . ___ 3 Chem. 111 -----------·-···- 4 •Mus. 100 Fundamentahi-------- .a •Hygiene ------·-··------·-··········- 2 P. E. Activity... ---·-·-----·-··· 0.6 I. Art 121 Wood Work.. ----··-··· 3 Mechanical Drawing __________ 3 Second Semester "Units Engl. 102 Composition ____ 3 Chem 112____________ • •Art 110 Puhl. School .~t ......- - 2 *Elective -·····-·· . __ 1 P. E. Activity _____ -·---·--- 0.5 I. Art. 122 Adv. Cab. Mkg. ______ 3 Elem. 17.5 ElectrlcitY----··-······----·-- 3 16.5 SOPHOMORE YEAR First Semester Units *Psych. 100 Gen. Psych. ____ 3 •Geog. 100 Elem. of. Geog, ___ 3 Social studies (See Note 2)- 3 P. E. Activity__________ 0.5 Math. 107 Algebra--------- 3 Carpentry - - - - - - - - - - - - - 3 Mach. Shop or Electricity __ S 18.6 Second Semester Cnit.~ •Educ. 120 Sociology __________ 8 Sci. 100 Const. Govt. _____ 3 Social Studies (See Note 2) __ 3 P. E. ActivitY----------·--·--- 0.5 Math. 120 Trig, ______________ 3 Steel Square _____________________ 3 Machine Shop or Electr ............ __ 3 •s. ~ JUNIOR YEAR First Semester Units •Psych. 200 Educ. Meas·-··-- ! •Educ. 220 Sch. Syst. Laws, Rec. - - - · - - - - - - - - - · - 2 I. Art 101 Auto Ignition Or I. Art 208 Carpentry Or I. Art 207 Mill Work... ____ 3 I, Art 111 Machine Shop ________ 3 I. Art 160 Sheet Metal.._. ________ 3 I. Art 211 Job Analysis ______ 2 16 Second Semester l.rnits •Education Elective _________ 3 •Educ. 210 Tch. of Reading___ a Directed Teaching ___________ to Or the following group: I. Art 102 Auto Ignition } Or I. Art 154 Etec. Cons. Or 1. Art 164 Patt. M kg.--3 I. Art 112 Machlne Shop..--3 { I. Art 208 Carpentry.. ____ .3 I. Art 212 Currie, Mkg,_--2 (16 or) l i SENIOR YEAR First Semester Units •Educ. 280 EL Currie. Techn._ 2: Directed Teaching_ _ _ __to Or Minor and Elective---·---'° I. Art 115 Radio.-----·-----· 3 15 Note L Second Semester Units ·Educ. 250 Phil. of EdUC------·- 3 Elective ····-----------------------10 Or the following group: I, Art 102 Auto Ignition } Or I. Art 154 E1ec. Cons. Or 1. Art 164 Patt. Mkg._3 l, Art 112 Machine Shop--3 I. Art 208 Carpentry .. ____ 3 I. Art 212 Currie. Mkg, ___ ...2 I. Art 116 Radio.. ··--·-------·- 3 (17 or) TS" I l In the case of the !'!tarred courses. sections are to be so arranged that half the group will take the course in the first semester and half in the second semester. Note !. The courses in social studies are to be selected from the following: Hist. 101, 102: 103, 104: and Econ. 131, 132. Note 3. Electives may be so chosen as to include a minor of fifteen units in some special field other than education. This field may be a special phase of industrial art. Substitution for the I. Art courl'lea llsted above may be made with the advice of the head of the department. Note ~- Meu may substitute Art 108 Sign Writing in place of Art 110. Note 5. Ha.lf the student teachers do their teaching in last half of junior year; the others in first half of the senior year. STATE TEACHERS COLLEGE 134 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES I. Art 109. Calculations. Involves the practical application of the fundamental arithmetical processes suitable for teachers in the elementary grades and instructors of shop work. Emphasis is placed upon the development of rapid calculations. A thorough survey of fractions, decimals, compound numbers, percentage, ratio and proportion, involution, evolution, and mensuration. The fundamental principles of the slide rule are taken up as well as other practice in its use. Mr. Nay. First semester, three hours lecture a week. Six hours preparation. 3 units. DRAWING 105. Architectural Drawing. Designed to assist students who are preparing to teach in the junior and senior high schools or for architectural drafting and engineering work. Laboratory fee, $2.00. Prescribed for prospective high school teachers. Open to all students as an elective. Mr. Neeb. First year. first semester, one lecture, six hours laboratory a vreek. 3 unita. 106. Architectural Drawing. A continuation of I. Art 105. Complete plans and estimate of materials for a two story house. Open to all students. Laboratory fee, $2.00. Prerequisite: I. Art 105. Mr. Neeb. First year, second semester, one lecture, laboratory, 81x hours a week. 3 unlta. 201. Architectural Drawing. Consists of a study of some of the best classical elements in architecture and a study of the fundamentals of design. Prescribed for students majoring in architecture. Laboratory fee, $2.00. Prerequisite: I. Art 106. Mr. Neeb. Third year, first semester, one lecture, laboratory, six hours a week. s units. 202. Architectural Drawing. Consists of a series of problems involving a study of the principles of architectural composition. Laboratory fee, $2.00. Prerequisite: I. Art 201. Mr. Neeb. Third year, second semester, one lecture, laboratory, six hours a week. 3 unlls. COURSES IN INDUSTRIAL ARTS 136 113. Mechanical Drawing. (Engineering Drawing.) A study of the elements of orthographic projection and standard presentation, including lettering, tracing, and blue printing; the making and reading of working drawings and commercial drafting room practice. Prescribed for all freshmen carrying a mechanic arts major. Laboratory fee, $2.00. Mr. Nay. First year, first semester, one lecture, six hours labora.tory each week. S units. 114a. Mechanical Drawing. (Descriptive Geometry.) Designed for students majoring in mechanic arts. This course presents the elements of descriptive geometry including problems in warped surfaces and intersections of solids. Prescribed for all freshmen carrying a n1echanic arts major. Laboratory fee, $2.00. Prerequisite: I. Art 101. Mr. Nay. First year, second semester, one lecture, six hours laboratory each week. I unlta. 114b. Mechanical Drawing. (Descriptive Geometry.) Same as I. Art 114a with emphasis on shades and shadows. Laboratory fee, $2.00. Prerequisite: I. Art 101. Mr. Nay. First year, second semester, one lecture, six hours laboratory. 2 units, 155. Mechanical Drawing. (Mechanism.) The story and design of linkages, gears, cams, screws, and other machine elements are studied together with the relative motions of machine parts. Required of all students carrying a mechanic arts major. Laboratory fee, $1.00. Prerequisite: I. Art 114a. Hr. Nay. Second year, first semester, one lecture, six hours laboratory each week. a units. 156. Mechanical Drawing. (1t-Iachine Drawing.) This treats of machine drawing and takes up such subjects as bearings, pulleys, belts, clutches, standard machine parts, ings. Required of all students carrying a mechanic arts Laboratory fee, $2.00. Prerequisite: I. Art 130. course shafts, fastenmajor. Mr. Stewatt. Second year. second semester, one lecture, six hours laboratory each week. 3 unUa. WOODWORK (No machine work.) Designed to meet the needs of beginning students and special students majoring in kindergarten-primary work. Fundamental tool processes ; design 120. Wood Work, STATE TEACHERS COLLEGE 136 and construction of small projects for the home and school; toy construction with emphasis on mechanical set-up; study of materials and their adaptation to constructive uses. Laboratory fee, $2.00. ?i.ir, Neeb. First year, first semester, five hours a week, 3 units. 121. Wood Work. (No machine v;o:rk.) The students are given a thorough course in the basic types of furniture construction suitable for use in junior high school shop work; the principles of furniture repair. Laboratory fee, $2.00. Mr. Neeb. First year, first semester, six hours a week, 3 units. 122. Cabinet Making. Gives definite practice in the proper use and care of hand tools; a study of the fundamental principles involved in furniture construction. Laboratory fee, $2.00. 1ir. Neeb. l<~irst year, second semester, six hours a week. 3 units. 123. Toy Construction. Provides instruction in the making and use of patterns and figures in the construction of all types of toys; children's furniture; small projects. Each student is required to work out a group of original mounted models. Prerequisite to advanced cabinet making. Fee, $2.00. Mr. Neeb. First semester, three hours a week. 3 units. 151. Broadening and Finding. Designed to aid students preparing to teach in the junior high school. The work consists entirely of model work, boats, steam engines, electrical motors, and similar projects. Laboratory fee, $2.00. Mr. Neeb. Second year, first semester, laboratory, six hours a week. 3 units. 152. Broadening and Finding. A. continuation of I. Art 151, with some machine lathe practice and drill press work. Laboratory fee, $2.00. 1\-lr. Neeb. Second year, second semester, laboratory, six hours a week. 3 units. 163. Wood Turning. Drills in spindle, face plate, and chuck work, together with practice in finishing and polishing. ?.rr. Neeb. Second year, first semester, six hours a week. 3 unfta. 164. Patternwork. Designed to give a thorough study of the following pattern allowances: draft, shrinkage, finish, warp, and shake. The construction of the patterns involving the common COURSES IN INDUSTRIAL ARTS 137 problems of the pattern maker. Prescribed for students preparing to teach industrial arts in the secondary schools. Laboratory fee, $2.00. Prerequisite: I. Art 163. Mr. Neeb. Second year, second semester, six hours a week. 3 units. 160. Advanced Wood Turning. Instruction in all kinds of builtup, segmented, and jointed projects. Prerequisite: I. Art 163. Laboratory fee, $2.00. Mr. Neeb. Either semester, six hours a ·week. unit~. 207. Cabinet Making ar!d Mill Work. A course dealing '\Vith advanced types of furniture; construction, involving the various methods of tenoning; the principles of panel construction; correct methods of glueing; the application of finishes; a study of design. Safe and practical methods involved in the use of wood working power machines. Prescribed for all students preparing to teach wood working in the secondary schools. Prerequisite: I. Art 164. Laboratory fee, $2.00. !\fr. Neeb. Third year, first se1nester, one lecture, >'iX hour.s laboratory a week. 3 units, 208. Carpentry. The construction problems involved in the erection of buildings are studied. Emphasis is placed upon the use of the steel square; use and care of carpenter's tools; sharpening of cutting tools; framing processes; short cuts; trade terminology. Prescribed for students preparing to teach in secondary school shops. Prerequisite: I. Art 207. Laboratory fee, $2.00. Mr. Neeb. Third year. second semester, one lecture, six hours laboratory a week. 3 units. 217. Stair Building. Construction of straight stairways, platforms, and circular stairways to one-third scale. Fee, $2.00. Mr. Neeb, First semester, six hours laboratory a week. I units. 218. Steel Square. A study of problems involving the use of the steel square in carpentry, framing, stair building, and sheet metal. Fee, $2.00. Mr. Neeb. Second semester, slx hours laboratory a week. I units. 138 STATE TEACHERS COLLEGE MECHANICS 107. Forge. The content of this course combines a thorough study of, and practice in the elements of forging; drawing, bending, upsetting, welding, casehardening and tempering. Allied topics are also covered. Prescribed for students majoring in I. Arts. Laboratory fee, $2.00. Mr. Nay. First year, first semester, six hours laboratory. 3 unita. 1OS. Agricultural Mechanics. Designed to meet the needs of students of agricultural and farm management. Laboratory fee, $2.00. Mr. Nay. First year, second semester, six hours laboratory. 3 unJts 111. Machine Shop. A beginning course in machine shop practice. The projects include filing, drilling, turning, and polishing done with hand tools; general use of machine equipment. Prescribed for students majoring in I. Arts. Laboratory fee, $2.00. Mr. Nay. First year, first semester. six hours laboratory. 3 units. 112. Machine Shop. Devoted to the making of industrial projects involving the use of the complete machine equipment of the department. The work is technical and practical to fit men as machinists and auto mechanics, as well as for teachers in the secondary schools. Prescribed for all students majoring in I. Arts. Laboratory fee, $2.00. Mr. Nay. First year, second semester, six hours laboratory. 3 unit.a. 211. Machine Shop IA. Designed to give the student special preparation in the care and use of the milling machine; the cutting of spur, worm, and bevel gears. Plain and direct indexing; indexing in degrees and parts of degrees. Study of various cutters and their upkeep. Laboratory fee, $2.00. J\.lr. Nay. Third year, first semester, six hours laboratory. 3 units. 212. Machine Shop 18. A study of planers and the care of same. A variety of methods for the holding of the work. The use of fixtures, gages, and tools. Adjustments of belting to meet various demands for speed and power. Laboratory fee, $2.00. Mr. Nay. Third year, second semester, six hours laboratory. 8 unita. 139 COURSES IN INDUSTRIAL ARTS 160. Sheet Metal Work. This course is to prepare the student to teach this work in junior high school classes. Laying out and cutting of sheet metal; soldering; riveting; projects from utensils to and including toys. Prescribed for all students preparing to teach prevocational courses in junior high school. Laboratory fee, $2.00. Mr. Nay. Second semester, second year, six hours laboratory. 3 units. 205. Sheet Metal Work. A course to include projects involving problems in roofing; cornice work, practical intersections and developments; use of sheet metal machines. For students preparing to teach in secondary schools or going into the trade. Laboratory fee, $2.00. Mr. Nay. Third year, first seme.!"ter, six hours laboratory. 3 units. ELECTRICITY 100. Elementary Electricity. Designed to acquaint the student with the elementary phases of practical electrical work, including splicing; soldering; light, bell, and annunciator circuits. This course is a prerequisite for all electrical and radio courses. Fee, $2.00. Mr. Stewart. Either semester, three hours a week. 3 unit!!. Ind. Arts 101. Auto Ignition. This course is designed to prepare the student for commercial shop practice and includes testing, recharging, and -repairing storage batteries; ignition coils; distributors, timing; lighting systems; fuses and circuit breakers . .Machine shop practice is included in the course. Laboratory fee, $2.00. Mr. Stewart. First year. first semester, two hours lecture, four hours laboratory. 3 units. 102. Auto Ignition. A continuation of I. Arts 101. Combined laboratory and class work consists of the study of repairing, adjusting and testing of generators, starting motors, magnetos, and other electrical equipment found on the modern automobile. Laboratory fee, $2.00. Mr. Stewart. First year, second semester, two hours ~ ture, four hours laboratory. 3 units. 115. Radio Construction. Arranged to cover the elements of electrical theory; principles of electromagnetism; potential; current; resistance; capacitance; storage and dry cells; the vacuum STATE TEACHERS COLLEGE 140 tube as a detector, audio and radio frequency amplifier. Vacuum tube circuits. Constructional problems involving assembly of many different types of receiving circuits. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Prerequisite: I. Art 154. Mr. Stewart. First year, first semester, two hours lecture, four hours laboratory. 3 units. 116. Radio Construction. A continuation of I. Art. 115, involving a study of the more advanced types of receiving sets; testing and servicing; vacuum tube characteristics. Constructional work and laboratory practice. Laboratory fee. $3.00. Mr. Stev•;art. First year, second semester, two hours lecture, four hours laboratory, 3 units, 154. Electrical Construction. The object of this course is to teach the student how to install lighting circuits in houses with standard methods; underwriters regulations regarding the size, and kind of wire and fixtures for various purposes; conduit work; and the estimate of cost for the jobs. Laboratory fee, $2.00. Prerequisite: I. Arts 165, Shop Math 20. 1.Ir. Stewart. Second year, second semester, two hours lecture, four hours laboratory. 3 unit.9. 203. Direct Current Electricity. Includes a study of electric current; power and work; resistance; rheostats and resistors, the direct current electric circuit; magnets and magnetism; the magnetic effect of the electric current; induced electromotive force; and electrostatics, and condensers. Prerequisite: I. Art 154. Mr. Stewart, First semester, three hours a week. 3 units. 203a. Direct Current Laboratory. A laboratory course given in conjunction with I. Art. 203. The experiments are designed to acquaint the student '\vith the care and use of direct current meas uring instruments as well as to demonstrate the various properties of the direct current electric circuit. Laboratory fee, $2.00. 4 Mr. Stewart. Third year, first semester, three hours a week. 1 unlt. 215. Radio Construction. Designed to acquaint the student with the fundamentals of radio transmission. Oscillating circuits; system of modulation, antenna systems; frequency measurements; international 141 COURSES IN INDUSTRIAL ARTS Morse code; government regulations. The student is required to pass equivalent of a government examination for an amateur operator's license. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Prerequisite : I. Art 116. Mr. Stewart. Second year, fir.st semester, two hours lecture, four hours laboratory. 216. Radio Construction, Seminar. 3 units. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Mr. Stewart. Second semester, six hours laboratory. 3 units. 251. Alternating Current Electricity. Embodies a study of alt~r­ nating currents and voltages; inductance; impedance; power and power factor; single and polyphase circuits; the production of polyphase voltages; theory of operating characteristics of alternat· ing current machines. Prerequisites: I. Arts 204 and 204a. Mr. Stewart. Fourth year, first semester, three hours lecture. 3 units. 251a. Alternating Current Laboratory. Experiments include voltage, current, and power measurements in inductive and non-inductive circuits; impedance; inductance; capacitance. Concise and intelligent reports are required. Prerequisite: Enrollment in I. Art 251. Mr. Ste·wart. Fourth year, first semester, three hours laboratory. 1 unit. lNDtJSTRIAL ARTS METHODS 211. Job Analysis. Jobs are analyzed into their various steps and their relationship is studied. Continuity threads are worked out. This course is necessary in curriculum building. Prescribed for all students planning to teach industrial arts. Mr. Neeb. Second year. first semester, two two-hour periods a week. 2 units, 212. Curriculum ~taking. For students preparing to teach. A course in which trade and technical material, tool processes, occupational information, and job analysis are arranged to form effective teaching guides. Prescribed for all students planning to teach industrial arts subjects. Prerequisite: I. Art 211 Job Analysis. Mr. Neeb. Second year, second semester, two two-hour periods a week. 2 units. 220. Leadership. For upper division majors who have shown ability in organization and conduct of industrial arts projects. Mr. Neeb. Either semester. ~ unit. 142 STATE TEACHERS COLLEGE 255. Teaching Problems. A course designed to assist students preparing to teach industrial arts in the making of lesson plans, presentation of materials to students. Prescribed for prospective teachers in this field. Prerequisite: I. Art 212 Currie. Making; I. Art 211 Job Analysis. Laboratory fee, $2.00. Mr. Neeb. Third year, first semester, two hours a week. 257. Supervision and Administration of Industrial Arts. 3 units. This course offers the general principles of supervision as applied to the teaching of shop classes. Classification of tools, tool operations and projects. Purchasing of supplies and equipment. Prescribed for all students who plan to teach. Prerequisite: Teaching Problems 228; Job Analysis 208. J.'fr. Neeb. Second year, second semester, two two-hour periods a week. 3 units. Educ. 260. Methods and Teaching. Every student who selects a major in industrial arts with the intention of qualifying as a special teacher of the subject is required to teach industrial arts for one semester under supervision in the elementary and junior high school grades in the training schools. This work is accompanied by a suitable study of the methods involved. These courses may not be counted as a part of the major in industrial arts. Fourth year, first or second semester, five hours a week. 10 unit8. DEPARTMENT OF FOREIGN LANGUAGES DR. CAnELAIN (Head of the Depmtment)1 MISS IRMA Wll.SON This department offers a major in the Spanish language and literature, providing special training for students ¥.·ho '\\o·ish to become teachers of Spanish. A major in French also can be earned by taking additional courses in the summer session. Students interested in a major in French should consult the head of the department. Students working to\vard the master's degree and having earned already a sufficient number of undergraduate credits in French or Spanish, may find it to their advantage to complete a graduate minor in one of these subjects. The head of the department should be consulted for detailed arrangements. A minor is offered also in the German language. Thirty semester hours of credit are required for the major in French and Spanish and not less than sixteen units for the undergraduate minor in foreign languages. Students majoring in Spanish are strongly advised to select French as their minor. English and social science are also acceptable as minors for students majoring in this field. In view of the fact that no higher institution accepts transfer of credit in language for less than a full year, students are cautioned against dropping a language after their first semester in the subject. TYPE CURRICULUM FOR STUDENTS MAJORING IN FORDGN LANGUAGES FRESHMAN n:AR First Semester Units Eng-L 101 Composition _ _ _ _ S Science - - - - - - - - - 4 'Hygiene . :!l Elective -···-·····-·····-······--········-- 3 P. E. Activity 0.5 Span. 101 Elem. Spanish-- 4 16.6 Sacond Semester Units Engl. 102 Composition. _________ 3 Science ------------·-·- -i • Art 110 Pub!. School Art--········ 2 Elective------------ 3 P. E. Activity ________ 0.6 Span. 102 Elem. Spanish .... ___ 4 16.li SOPHOMORE YEAR 'Psych 'Geog. Social P. E. Span. Fren. First semester Units 100 Gen. Psych .. _____ 3 100 Elem. of Geog, _ _ 3 Studjes (See Note 2)_ 3 ActivitY---··-·-··-······-- 0.5 103 Inter. Spanish _ _ 4 101 Elem. French-····- " 17.5 Second Semester lJnits •Educ. 120 Sociology.. ------·······- 3 •s. Set. 100 Const. Govt....---··- 3 Social Studies (See Note 2) __ 3 P. E. ActivitY--·-·----- 0.6 Span. 104 Adv. Spanish ..- ....... 4 Fren, 102 Elem. French _______ 4 11.6 144 STATE TEACHERS COLLEGE JUNIOR YEAR First Semester L'nits •Educational Elective ...-······-·--- 3 •Educ. 210 Tchng. of Reading 2 Elective or Minor----------···· 2 Fren. 103 Interm. French..·-···--· 4 Span. 201 Contemporary ....... _____ 3 Span. 206 Adv. Grammar..._____ 2 Second Semester Units •Psych. 200 Educ. Meas. ______ 3 •Educ. 220 Sch. Syst, Laws, Rec. or ---·-·····---··----------·-·· Elective Minor. _____________________ :!:2 Directed Teacblng________________ lO Or the following group; Fren, 201 Fren. Civllzn ... _ 3} ! span. 202 Classics .. ___________ 3 Span. 204 Literature .. _______ 3 16 (16 or) 17 SENIOR YEAR First Semester Units •Educ. 230 El. Curr. Techn.... _ 2 Directed Teaching... ____________ ........10 Or Minor and Elective ________________10 Span. 203 Literature ________________ 3 Second Semester Units •Educ. 250 Phil. of Educ.----·--- 3 Elective or Minor ______________ 3 Elective ------------------------·-----· 9 Or the following group: Fren. 201 Fren. Civilzn ..... ::q i6 Note 1. Note 2. Note 3. Note 4. Note 5. ! Span. 202 Classics ______________ 31 Span. 204 Literature .......... 3 15 In the case of the starred courses, sections are to be so arranged that half of the group will take the course in the first .semester and half in the second semester. The courses in social studies are to be selected from the following: Hist. 101, 102; 103, 104; and Econ. 131, 132. Electives are to be so chosen as to include a minor of at least fifteen units in a field other than education. Men may substitute Art 108 Sign Writing in place of Art 110. Half the student teachers do their practice teaching in the lallt half of the junior year: the others in the fl.rf'lt half of the senior year. SPANISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE MISS WILSON LOWER DIVISION COURSES Spanish 101. Elementary Spanish. Designed to give the beginner a knowledge of the fundamentals of pronunciation and grammar. Not open to those who have had previous instruction in Spanish. Text: House and Mapes-Essentials of Spanish Grammar. First semester, four hours a week. 4 units. 102. Elementary Spanish. A continuation of Span. 101. To the study of grammar is added the reading of several elementary texts. Prerequisite: Span. 101 or one year of high school Spanish. Second semester, four hours a week. 4 unlt1. 103. Intermediate Spanish. Along with a review of grammar, reading is given which stresses vocabulary-building and accuracy of expression. Text: Parker and Rioseco-Intermediate Grammar. Prerequisite: Span. 102 or equivalent. First semester, four hours a week. 4 unftl- 145 FOREIGN LANGUAGES Advanced Spanish. The type of work is similar to that of Span. 103, with greater emphasis upon rapid reading and oral expression. Prerequisite: Span. 103 or equivalent. 104. Second semester, four hours a. week. 4 units. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 201. Modern Writers. An introduction to types of modern literatu1·e, including a study of La Barraca and other works of members of the Generation of 1898. Prerequisite: Span. 104 or equivalent. First semester, three hours a '"eek, 3 units. 203. Survey of Spanish Literature to 1700. A history of the litera- ture from its beginning through the Golden Age. Lectures, illustrative readings, and reports. Text: Romera Navarro--Antologia de la literatura espafi.ola. Open only to juniors and seniors. Required of all Spanish majors. Prerequisite: Span. 202. First semester, three hours a week. 3 unit-11. 205, 206. Advanced Grammar and Composition. A stud;1-· of the more troublesome grammatical phenomena. Meaning and choice of words. Translation of English to Spanish is stressed in the second semester. Two units required for the department's recommendation to teach. Two semesters. two hours a week. 4 units. 212. Drama of the Nineteenth Century. Reading and discussion of representative plays from 1830 to 1900. Second semester, three hours a week. S units. An interpretation of selections from the writings of Ruben Dario and subsequent poets. 222. Modern Spanish Poetry. )fiss Wilson. Second :::e1nester, three hours a ·week. 224. Hispanic American Prose. 3 unit~. A study of the outstanding novel- ists and essayists. 11.fiss '\Vil.son. Second semester, three hours a week. 3 units. Study of present day trends with special regard for the modern essay. 230. Prose of the Twentieth Century. Second semester. three hours a week. 3 units. 146 STATE TEACHERS COLLEGE FRENCH AND GERMAN LANGUAGES DR. CATIELAIN FRENCH French 101. Elementary French. A beginners' course. Self-expres- sion and oral drill in French is practiced throughout the course. The scientific method of pronounciation is emphasized. The text used is De Sauze's Francais pour Commencants, or similar text. Dr. Cattelain. First semester, four hours a week. 4 units. 102. Elementary French. A continuation of French 101. Oral drill, increased by means of dialogues and conversations. Students are trained to express their thoughts in short French sentences. Texts used: De Sauze, or a similar text, together with an easy French reader. Prerequisite: French 101 or one year of high school French. Dr. Cattelain. Second semester, four hours a week. 4 units. 103. Intermediate French. A grammar review and composition course, followed by a fast reading course. Text: Carnahan's Intermediate French Grammar and Composition; Anatole France's De Livre de mon Ami, or similar text. Prerequisite: French 102 or its equivalent. Dr. Cattelain. First semester, four hours a week. 'units. 204. French Civilization. The course is given in French and is a condensed review of French history, French literature, French system of education, French arts, sculpture, and music. Text used: Petite Histoire de la Civilisation Francaise, or equivalent. Prerequisite: French 103, or its equivalent. Dr. Cattelain. Second semester, four hours a week. 4 units. 205. Survey of French Literature, A rapid survey of French literature, dealing especially with the classical, the romantic, and the modern periods of French literature. Text: Chinard's Petite histoire de litterature francaise. (Not offered in 1938-1939.) Dr. Cattela.ln. ! units. First semester, two hours a week. 206. The Classical Period. Emphasis is placed upon the great plays of Corneille, Moliere and Racine, together with a study of other writers of this period. (Not offered in 1938-1939.) Dr. Cattelain. a unit&. Second semester, two hours a week. FOREIGN LANGUAGES 147 207. The Writers of the Eighteenth Century. A study of Montes- quieu, Voltaire, Rousseau, Beaumarchais, Chateaubriand, and others leading to the French Revolution. Dr. Cat.telain. First semester, two hours a week. 208. The Romantic and Modern Writers. .z units. The works of Lamartine, Victor Hugo, de Vigny, Musset, and others. Second semester. two hours a week. 2 units. GERMAN German 101. Elementary German. A beginners' course. The aim is to teach the principles of German grammar and pronunciation. Students who have had previous training in German are advised not to register for this course. Text: Alexis' First German Course. Dr. Cattelain. First semester, four hours a. week. • unJts. 102. Elementary German. A continuation of German 101. Oral and written exercises are increased. Reading of easy German works. Text: Alexis' German Course, and Kenngott's Kleine Geschichten. Prerequisite: German 101. Dr. Ca.ttelain. Second semester, four hours a week. 4 units. 103. Intermediate German. A grammar review and composition course, followed by rapid readings of German extracts. Texts: Pope's Simple Writing and Speaking German ; Alexis' In Deutsehland. Prerequisite: German 102. Dr. Ca.ttelaln. First semester, four hours a week.. • units.. 201. German Literature. Reading of modem works like Elf Neue Erzah.lungen, Immensee, Germelshausen, Lust und Leid, and others. Dr. Cattelain. Second semester, four hours a week. 4 unitJll. DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS DR. WEXLER (Head of the Department). MR. Dn.LE Every student of good capacity, no matter in what direction his special interest may lie, is advised to include in his program of study courses in mathematics covering at least the fundamental concepts of the calculus. These concepts are as cultural and as inspiring as anything in the field of literature or of art. The minor in mathematics consists of five semesters' work in mathematics, including some advanced calculus. Transfers who are minoring in mathematics must take at least one course in mathematics at Tempe. The major in Mathematics must include mathematics 241 and 242: Theory of Functions, and at least one unit in Mathematics 250: Thesis Work in ].1:athematics. There is no specific number of units in Mathematics required in a major, but it must include at least six units of mathematics beyond Math. 232. A student majoring in Mathematics is advised to include in his program courses in physical science, French, and German. In physical science the student finds important applications of his mathematics; while knowledge of French and German is required of candidates for graduate work in mathematics at most universities. The following outline is only a suggested and tentative program of study for a !\.fathematics major; it can be made complete only after repeated conferences with advisers. TYPE CURRICULUM FOR STUDENTS MAJORING IN MATHEMATICS FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Lnits Engl. 101 Composition..... ..... 3 Elective ···········-----··-······-·-·-·-·-------···· 2 "P. E. 100 Hygiene ...................... _ 2 French ···--··-·--·-······-·········--··- 4 P. E. ActivitY---················-··-··-··- 0.5 Math. 111 First Year Math ..... 4 15.5 Second Semester Units Engl. 102 Composition...---···- 3 •Art 110 Publ. School Art. ......... _ 2 •Elective --··················-·····-··-···-·-··· % French -···-··········-······-······-·····-·- 4 P. E. ActivitY···-·····--···---···------ 0.5 Math. 112 First Year Math ..... 4 15.fi SOPHOMORE YEAR First Semester Units "Educ. 120 Sociology ______________ 3 Sci. 100 Const. Govt .........·-··· 3 Social Studies (See Note 2) .... 3 French ······-···--···--··· ------ 4 P. E. Activity.......-···· .. --···-·-- -· O.fi Math. 113 Second Year Math .... 4 17.5 •s. Second Semester Units "Psych. 100 Gen. Psychology........ 3 "Geog. 100 Elem. of Geog. _______ 3 Social Studies (See Note 2) .... 3 French ···········--······-------··--···---- 4 P. E. ActivitY----··-----·-----·-······-· 0.5 Math. 114 Second Vear Math ..... 4 17.5 COURSES IN MATHEMATICS 149 JUNIOR YEAR First Semester Units •Education Elective ______ S •Educ. 210 Teaching of Reading 2 Phys. 111 College Physics _ _ 4' Minor or elective.. _. 3 Math. 232 Adv. Calculus---···--· 4 ;:.--- Second Semester Gnita •Psych. 200 Educ. Meas ...----·- 3 •Educ. 220 Sch. Syst. Laws, Rec. ::! Phys. 112 College Physics _ _ 4 !.finor or elective. B Math. 250 Spec. Topics in Math. 4 ;:.--- SENIOR YEAR First Semester Units •Educ. 230 El. Currie. Techn._ ! Directed Teaching ______ to Math. 241 Theory of Funct._ 3 Second Semester l.~nits •Educ. 250 Phil. of Educ. _ _ 3 Minor or elective Note 1. Note 2. Note 3. Note 4. Note 5. O Math. 250 Thesis Wk. in Math. ( 1 or) ................... _ .. 2 i5 ;:.--- In the case of the starred courses, sections are to be so arranged that half of the group will take the course in the first semester and half in the second semester. The sophomore courses in social studies are to be selected from the folio-wing: Hist. 101, 102: 103, 104; and Econ. 131, 1:;2. Electives will be so chosen as to include a minor of at least fifteen units in a field of learning other than mathematics or education. ?tlen may substitute Art 108 Sign \.\o'riting in place of Art 110. Students majoring in 1uathematics will do their directed teaching in the first semester of the senior year. COURSES IN MATHEMATICS PRIMARILY FOR UNDERGRADUATES Math, 111, 112 First Year Mathematics. nometry, and Analytic Geometry. be given for only one semester. Includes Algebra, TrigoA year's course. No credit will Dr. Wexler. Five hours a week throughout the year. S units. Math. 113, 114. Second Year Mathematics. Includes Differential and Integral Calculus, and further work in Analytic Geometry. A year's course, but credit may be given for either semester, by special permission. Prerequisite: Math. 112. Dr. Vi.:-exler. Five hours a week throughout the year. 8 unita. Math. 116. Mathematics of Finance. Study of annuities, amortization, insurance, and other topics, and the related mathematics. Prerequisite: High school algebra, one and a half years and preferably the first semester of first year mathematics, Math. 111. Required of all accounting majors in the department of commerce. Dr. Wexler, :ri.rr. Dille. Se<"ond seme;:;ter. two hours a .,.·eek. 2 unit!'!. Math. 231 Integral Calculus. Prerequisite: Math. 122. Dr. Wexler. Fir.st semester, five hours a. week. 4 units. 160 STATE TEACHERS COLLEGE Math. 232 Advanced Calculus. Prerequisite: Math. 231. Dr. Wexler. Second semester, five hours a week. 4 units. FOR UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES Prerequisite: Math. 232 and grades above average in previous mathematics courses. Math. 241 Theory of Functions of Real Variables. Dr. Wexler. First semester, four hours a week. 3 units. Math. 242 Theory of Functions of a Complex Variable. Prere- quisite: Math. 241. Dr. Wexler. Second semester, four hours a week. 3 unita. Math. 250 Thesis Work in Mathematics. May be taken more than once for credit. Dr. Wexler. Either semester, hours to be arranged. 1 or 2 units. PRIMARILY FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS Math. 301 Theory of Numbers. Dr. Wexler. First semester, four hours a week. (Not offered in 1938-1939.) 3 unlta. Math. 302 Theory of Finite Groups. Dr. Wexler. (Not offered in 1938-1939.) Math. 311 Differential Geometry. (Not offered in 1938-1939.) Second semester, four hours a week. Dr. Wexler. First semester, four hours a week. Math. 312 Projective Geometry. Dr. Wexler. Second semester, four hours a week. 3 unit& 3 unite. (Not offered in 1938-1939.) 3 unite. DEPARTMENT OF MUSIC MB. HARELSON (Head of the Department), MISS BARKLEY, :r.llSS HABGISS. MR. TATA. MRS. QUAID, MR. LYON. MR. BULLOCK The chief objective of the \Vork in music is to prepare teacher~ to handle the subject in the public schools. The program is planned with that end in view. Ho,vever, many of the courses offered are of general cultural value and are open to all qualified students, whether they are majoring in music or not. Students desiring to major in music are tested to determine their fitness for this field and their probable success in this type of work. All music majors and kindergarten-primary majors are required to show the equivalent of two or more years of piano study before graduation. This must include ability to read at sight music of hymn-tune difficulty, piano accompaniments for songs sung in the grades, and rhythm selections for lower grades. In addition to the piano requirement, a minimum of one year of class instrumental instruction is required of all music majors. A second year of instrumental instruction is provided for in the music curriculum and will be required of students not majoring in violin or other orchestral instrument. Two years of applied voice are required of music majors, oi which one year may be in class voice, and one year of private instruction. Satisfaction of the requirement for graduation in all forms of applied music will be determined on the basis of proficiency in performance, rather than on the number of lessons which have been taken. Students who are able to meet the specified requirements in voice, piano, or instrumental instruction may, upon examination, be excused from applied courses in the given subject with the approval of the head of the department. THE MAJOR IN MUSIC The major in music includes a minimum of thirty semester hours of work in this field, with a maximum of forty-five hours acceptable for graduation, a suitable selection and an appropriate sequence of courses is indicated in the type curriculum outlined STATE TEACHERS COLLEGE 152 for music majors. Substitutions and adjustments to adapt this curriculum to the needs of individual students may be made subject to the advice and with the approval of the head of the department. THE MINOR IN MUSIC Students majoring in other fields may elect a minor in music of at least fifteen semester hour units with the advice of the head of the department. MUSIC FEES PIANO Two private lessons a week (half hour) ______ _ One private lesson a -~,eek (half hour) ($25.00 if paid in advance.) Per se1nester ··----··-----$36.00 ·········-·-·-·--·- 27 .00 Class lessons, four in a class (one hour). .. 10.00 ($9.00 if paid in advance) Class lessons, two in a class (one hour) VOICE ($12.50 if paid in advance.) Class piano methods ........... - .......... ·······-·-···-·-·T>YO private lessons a week (hrrlf hour) ....... . One private lesson a week (half hour) Two class lessons a -.....·eek (one hour) ........... . . - . ···-·-·-··- --· 13.50 18.00 27.00 ··- 13.00 VIOLIN One private lesson a i,veek (one hour)-----··--·........... 27.00 Class lessons in voice are restricted to music majors and minors. SUGG~STED SEQUENCE FOR THE MINOR IN VOCAL MUSIC Units 2 I\1us. 100 Fundamentals ------- ····-·······- -·-·· ····-·-·-·-·-···-. -··-··· 2 l\Ius. 1(12 Advanced Sight Singing and EB.r Training-... 2 Mus. 109 1'.:1usic Appreciation ... Mus. 211 or 212 Music Education --···--------··-·- 3 2 1'.![us. 211 Prohlem~ in J\:fusic A ;\iYities 1 Applied l\:Iusic, Piano or \roice. Glee Cluh, Band, or Orchestra. 3 --· 15 Total ---------------·--- SUGGESTED SEQUENCE FOR THE MINOR IN INSTRUMENT AL MUSIC :r.:ius. 100 Fundamentals __ --·--··--·-···Mus. 102 Advanced Sight. Singing- and Ear Training.... I\1us. 109 l'>'lusic Appreciation Mus. 103 Harrnony I --·---·-·-·--·········-···-····-·-·-·--Mus. 207 Instrumentation and Conductin_g-.. . Band or Orchestra ---·-·-··--·---·---·---·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-···. Total 2 2 2 3 3 3 15 TYPE CURRICULUM FOR STUDENTS MAJORING IN MUSIC FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Units Eng. 101 Compo~ition _3 Gen. Set. 100 Intro. Phys. Sci. 3 •Mus. 100 F11n\·s, Hee. 2 Mus. 205 or Mus. 207·-·--·-·-·-··--·- 3 Instrumental Instruction·---·--·-- 1 Glee Club, Band, or Orch. _______ 1 Minor or electi....-e ......... ····---- ·-···-·· 6 ' Mus. 214 Prob. in Mus. Actlv. 2 Mus. 202 Lit. and History .. 3 Instrumental Instruction ·····-··· Glee Club, Band, or Orch ....- .. 1 :'.°)finor or elective ______________ ·--·-·-·· 3 16 Note 1. Note 2. Note 3. Note 4. 15 In the case of the starred courses, sections are to be so arrang:ed that half of the group will take the course in the first semester and half in the second semester_ The courses in social studies are to be selected from the following: Hist. 101, 102; 103, 104; and Econ. 131, 132. Electi\"es will be so chosen as to include an approved minor of at least fifteen units in a field of learning other than music or education. }.fen may substitute Art 108 Sign ~~riting in place of Art 110. COURSES JN MUSIC LOWER DIVISION COURSES Music 100. Fundamentals of Music. This course includes song singing with and without syllables, in unison and in parts; common symbols of notation and their application; discovery and development of rhythms through singing and listening. Required of mu,,:ic majors and minors. J\'[iss Barkley. First year, either semester, two hours a week. 2 units. 102. Advanced Sight Singing and Ear Training. Further development of music reading with special attention to aural recognition and writing. Required of music majors and minors. Prerequisite: 1\-lusic 100, or equivalent. Mr. I-Iarelson. First year, second semester. two hours a w<'>f'k 2 units. 154 STATE TEACHERS COLLEGE 103. Harmony 1. The study of scale forms, intervals, all triads and their inversions in major and minor keys; harmonization of given parts and simple composition of original examples in fourpart harmony, both close and open spacing being employed from the beginning. Required of all music majors. Prerequisite: Music 102 or equivalent. Mr. Tata. Second year, first semester, three hours a week. 3 units, 104. Harmony JI. A continuation of Harmony I. The study of regular and irregular resolutions of the dominant, diminished, and secondary seventh chords and their inversions; unessential notes; modulations, harmonization of given parts and composition of original examples in four- and three-part harmony. Required of all music majors. Prerequisite: Music 103 or equivalent. Mr. Tata. Second year, second semester, three hours a week. 3 units. 105, 106. Applied Music-Voice. Voice building for beginners. Attention is given to resonance, breath support, diction, and inter. pretation. Required of music majors unless excused by the head of the department. J..fr. Harelson. Miss Barkley. Either semester, two lessons a 1'1.'eek. 1 unit each semester. 107, 108. Applied Muaic-Voice. Second year, further development of work begun in the first year. Required of music majors unless excused by the head of the department Prerequisite: Music 105, 106 or equivalent. J\1'.r. Harelson. Miss Barkley. Either semester, two lessons a ·week. 1 unit each semester. 109. Music Appreciation. Designed to develop judgment and discrimination in listening to music. The material used consists largely of phonographic recordings, and includes standard instru· mental and vocal works. Procedures are applicable both to the non-music student and to the prospective teacher of music. Required of music majors. Mr. Harelson. First year, first semester. two hours a week. 2 units. 110. Music in Kindergarten and Primary Grades. Study and pre-paration of rote songs; emphasis upon rhythm and the singing voice of children. Open to all qualified students. Prerequisite: Music 100 or equivalent. :Miss Hargiss. Second year, either semester, two hours a week. 2 unitl!I, COURSES IN MUSIC 155 111, 112. C1ass Vocal Lessons. For students interested in voice from the standpoint of the teacher of music in the public schools. The work includes ( 1) diagnosis as to quality, range, possibilities of development; (2) application of principles, breathing, resonance, diction; ( 3} study of songs as a means of establishing principles; ( 4) vocal performance and criticism. May be substituted for 1fusic 105, 106. J.Iiss Barkley. Either semester, two les~;ons a week. 1 unit each semester 113, 114. Private Piano Lessons. Courses are arranged according to the needs of the student. Each student is required to play before the music faculty once during each semester. ..\dvanced students play in recital at least once during the semester. :Mrs. Quald. Any year, either semester, one or two lessons a week. 1 or 2 units each sen1ester. 115, 116. Class Piano Lessons. (For music majors or minors, first year). Study of the elements of piano; keyboard technique, scales, chords, intervals, ornamentation, sight-reading of simple folk songs and studies, Straebog, and others. Second semester, Bach, Czerny, Burgmueller, piano literature, community song accompaniment. Mrs. Quaid. First semester, two lessons a week, Second semester, one lesson a week. 1 unit. 1 unit. 117, 118. Class Piano Lessons. (For music majors and minors, second year). Study of more advanced keyboard technique. Sightreading and improvisation of accompaniments; memorization of simple repertoire, studies, Heller and Czerny. Second semester, continuation. Mrs. Quaid. Both semesters, one lesson a week. 1 unit. 119, 120. Class Piano Lessons. (For the Kindergarten-Primary majors). Elements of keyboard technique, sight-reading of folk song material in all keys. Second semester varied accompaniments, improvisation of simple accompaniments, kindergarten-primary rhythms. 1-lrs. Quaid. First semester, two lessons a week. Second semester, one lesson a week. 1 unit. 1 unit. 121, 122. Class Piano Lessons. (For the Kindergarten-Primary major, second year). Further study of rhythms and types of music suitable to kindergarten-primary, technique necessary to fluency. Second semester, continuation. Mrs. Quaid. Both semesters, one lesson a week. 1 unit. 166 STATE TEACHERS COLLEGE 151, 152. Women's Glee Club. Membership in this organization is open to women students who can qualify. Apply to the director for permission to enter. Students should plan to retain membership throughout the year in order to receive the benefit of public appearance in the mid-winter and spring. Mr. Harelson. Any year, either semester, four hours a week, unless other>vise arranged. 1 unit each semester. 153, 154. Men's Glee Club. Membership in this organization is open to men students who can qualify. For membership, apply to the director. Students should plan to retain membership throughout the year in order to receive the benefit of public appearance in the midwinter and spring. l\iiss Barkley. Any year, either semester, four hours a week, unless otherv,rise arranged. 1 unit each semester. 155, 156. Class Instruction in Violin. Open to beginners only. Affords the opportunity for study of the fundamentals in violin and ensemble-playing. Required of music majors. Mr. Tata. Either semester, two hours a v.'eek. 1 unit. 161, 162. Class Instrumental Instruction. Brass, reed, and percussion instruments. Students sufficiently proficient are admitted to the beginners' orchestra, college band, or college orchestra. Required of all music majors. Mr. Lyon. Either semester, two hours a week. 1 unit each semester. 163, 164. Beginners' Orchestra. Students who- have not yet acquired the degree of proficiency necessary for registration in the concert orchestTa or band, but who desire experience in orchestral work, may register in the beginners' orchestra. Application for enrollment should be made to the director. Prerequisite: 155, 157; 161, 162, or equivalent. J\fr. Lyon. Either semester, two hours a ·week. unit each semester. 165, 166. College Orchestra. Symphonic in character, the major objective of this organization is the preparation and presentation of a series of dignified and artistic concert programs. The repertoire is chosen from symphonies, overtures, and other standard works by representative composers. The orchestra also participates regularly in the college assembly programs and provides incidental music for major productions of the drama department. Membership is selective. Apply to the director. Prerequisite: Mus. 163, 164, or equivalent. Lyon. Either semester. five hours a week, unless otherwise arranged. ~Ir. 1 unit each semester. 157 COURSES IN MUSIC 167, 168. College Band. Functioning as a concert band, this organization presents a series of public performances during the midwinter and spring. In addition, the band drills in marching and formations, plays for college athletic contests and other public occasions, and wears the adopted uniform. Application is made to the director and admission arranged after a satisfactory showing of ability. Prerequisite: l'rlus. 161, 162, or equivalent. Mr. Lyon. Either semester, five hours a week, unless otherwise arranged. 1 unit each seme~ter. 169, 170. Violin. Individual Instruction. First year. The study of violin technique and of works by representative classic and modern composers, graded according to the needs of the individual student. 1.:lr. Tllta. Either semester, one lesson a week. 171, 172. Violin. Individual Instruction. 1 unit. Second year. J\fr. Tata. Either semester, one lesson a week. 1 unit. UPPER DIVISION COURSES Music 201. Harmony III and Counterpoint. A comprehensive review of all unessential notes in harmony. The work is devoted to secondary sevenths, chromatic harmony, and the specific details of contrapuntal discipline as revealed in the two- and three-part inventions of Bach. Prerequisite: Harmony II or equivalent. Admission by permission of the instructor. ?.t:r. Tata. Third year, first semester, three hours a -week. 3 unit.s. 202. Literature and History of Music. A cultmal course dealing with the various epochs in the development of music from primitive to modern times. Required of all music majors. Prerequisite: }.fusic 109 or equivalent. Mr. Tata. Fourth year. second semester, three hours a week. 3 units. 203, 204. Class Piano Methods for Public School. Designed for the teacher of pian() class work in elementary grades and the junior or senior high schools. Many piano courses are examined and discussed. The Oxford Course is used in observation and practice teaching classes. Prerequisite: ability to play piano music of fourth grade difficulty. Fees, $18.00 per semester plus price of materials. Mrs. Quaid. Third year, both semesters, one hour a week. 2 units. 158 STATE TEACHERS COLLEGE 205. Choral Conducting. Designed to afford music majors, and others with superior musical ability, the opportunity to develop initiative and leadership, and to learn the fundamentals of teaching and conducting community singing and part work in large vocal groups. Required of all music majors, unless registered for Music 207. Prerequisites: Glee Club and theory courses of first three years, or equivalent. Mr. Harelson. Fourth year, first semester, three hours a. week. 3 units. 206. Piano Accompanying. Designed to broaden the general use. fulness of the teacher of music. The work includes accompaniment of vocal and instrumental solos and of group and choral singing; transposition, interpretation, sight-reading, and keyboard monization of melodies. Prerequisite: Mus. 100, 115, and 116, or equivalent. Mr. Harelson. Third year, second semester, two hours a week. har- 1 unit. 207. Instrumentation and Conducting. Designed especially for teachers· of instrumental music. In addition to conducting, the work covers the range, tuning, and playing technique of the various band and orchestral instruments, transposition and possible substitution. Required of music majors unless registered fc>r Mus. 205. Prerequisite: Band or orchestra, and theory courses of the first three years, or equivalent. :Mr. Lyon. Fourth year, first semester, three hours a week. 3 units. Music Education-Primary and Intermediate Grades. For students preparing to become special teachers or supervisors. The work is arranged also for kindergarten-primary majors. Open to all qualified students. Music majors register also for Mus. 212, second semester. Required of all music majors. Prerequisite: Mus. 100 and the equivalent of two years piano instruction. 211. Miss Hargiss. Third year, first semester, three hours a week. 3 units. 212. Music Education in Junior and Senior High School. Includes procedures in teaching part-singing, voice testing, beginning of work in conducting; teaching of theory. Required of music majors. Open to qualified students. Prerequisite: Mus. 100 and the equivalent of two years of piano. Miss Hargiss, Third year, second semester, three hours a week. 3 units. COURSES IN MUSIC 159 214. Problems in Music Activities. A practical course dealing with music problems frequently met outside the classroom period. These include auditorium work, projects, special days, music-play, materials, rehearsals, assembly singing, entertainments. Open to interested and qualified students. Required of music majors and minors. Prerequisite: Mus. 100. Miss Hargiss. Fourth year, second sen1ester, three hours a week. 2 units. 216. Composition. Analysis and practical application of harmony as applied to the smaller formal designs and methods of structural treatment in musical composition. Prerequisite: Harmony II, or equivalent. Admission by permission of the instructor. ltfr. Tata. Fourth year, second semester, three hours a week. 3 units. 221, 222. Advanced Mixed Chorus. Open only to men and women who have had at least one year of training in the college glee clubs or other choral organization maintaining equally high artistic standards of performance. Registration must be for the entire year. Apply to the director for admission to membership. Prerequisite: Mus. 151, 152; 153, 154; or equivalent. (Not offered in 1938-1939) Mr. Harelson.. Four hours a week. 1 unit each semester. DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION MR. LAVIK {Head of the Department), MR. POMEROY. MR. STEVERSON, MR. ALLEN. MR. HOWELL MISS MURPHY (Director for Women), MISS WOOD. MISS Gii.LANDERS. The department of Health and Physical Education has a threefold mission: 1. It organizes and supervises required and elective physical activities for all students. 2. It provides coaching and other supervision for all intramural and intercollegiate athletic teams. 3. It trains teachers in health and physical education. ATHLETICS FOR MEN Opportunity is provided for all men to take part in intramural and in intercollegiate athletics. The intramural program is being expanded each year and is growing in popularity and interest. Participation in intercollegiate athletics is, subject to the eligibility rules of the Border Faculty Athletic Conference. Other schools included in the Border Conference are: University of Arizona, Arizona State Teachers College at Flagstaff, New Mexico State College, University of New Mexico, Texas Technological College, and Texas College of Mines. Athletic relations are enjoyed also, with members of the Rocky Mountain Conference, the Far West Conference, and the Southern California Conference. FEES AND DEPOSITS A deposit of one dollar is required for the use of a combination lock. Twenty-five cents of this deposit is retained as rent when the lock is returned in good condition. A towel deposit of $1.50 is charged of which $1.00 is retained as a laundry fee per semester. ATHLETICS FOR WOMEN The Department of Physical Education for women offers a broad instructional program of athletic activities, and with the cooperation of the Woman's Athletic Association, sponsors an extensive intramural program of dance and sports for all women students. l'OI.I.E<; J·: J>I:\"I:\" <; H . \LL PHYSICAL EDUCATION 161 Sport days and Play days ¥.'ith the University of Arizona and Phoenix Junior College afford opportunity for seasonal game contact. Telegraphic tournaments in archery, state and city tournaments in Tennis and Golf also are entered during the year. FEES AND DEPOSITS A deposit of one dollar will be required for the use of a combination lock. Twenty-five cents of this deposit is retained as rent \vhen lock is returned in good condition. A towel deposit of $1.50 will be charged per semester of which $1.00 is retained as a laundry fee. MAJORS AND MINORS The department offers a four year curriculum leading to a major in health and physical education. Before a major can be started, however, there are certain core curriculum requiremenb; to be met. These are listed as follows: Chemistry 110 (First semester, fre0"en1ester, freshtnan year)·-··--·--·P.E. 100 Personal Hygiene (either semester)_ P.E. 111-112 Sports Survey (men) P.E. Activity (women) ·-·-- ......................... - .. P.E. Activity, second year (men and won1en) .. Units 4 4 ' 1 1 1 The above subjects, since they are required of all students, cannot be applied toward a major or a minor. Participation in varsity athletics may be substituted for the second year of required Physical Education activity but Sports Survey is required of all men students even if they are participating in freshman athletics. Women students may choose from the following activities for their required freshman activity credit: P. E. 101-102; 105-106; 121-122; 110; 155; 150. The minimum departmental requirement for a major is 24 units and for a minor, 15 units. The following courses are required for a major in health and physical education. Biol. Biol. P.E. P.E. P.E. P.E. P.E. P.E. P.E. P.E. l.Tnits 3 231 I-Iuman Anatomy ..... ...............·--·--·· 120 Human Physiology ... -.. . ............ _.. 3 215-216 Techniques of Phy.<::.ical Education ActiY ... 235 Organization and Admin. of Health Education .. 3 236 Organization and Admin. of Physical Educ ....... 3 251 Applied Anaton1y & Kinesiology ............... - .. 3 161 Dance in Education (required of all v.on1en) 2 lfi2 Techniques of Dancin~ (r;:-quired of all "'-on1en) .. 2 217-218 Coaching major sport0< (required of men}. Acthity (third and fourth year).. .. ................ . • '' 162 STATE TEACHERS COLLEGE The following courses are required for a minor in health and physical education: Units Biol. 231 '3 Human Anatomy .................. ·-··············-······-· Biol. 120 Human Physiology -------------------------·-··············-·-···-----.. --..------···· P.E, 215-216 Techniques of Physical Education ----··············-··----------P.E. 236 Organization and Admin, of Physical Educ........ ---······-·· P.E. 161 4 3 Dance in Education (required of women) ............................ 2 P.E. 162 Techniques of Dancing (required of women) ........... ______ _ 2 P.E. 217-218 Coaching major sports (required of men) ............... ___ _ P.E. • 2 Activity (third and fourth year>----·-··-··············-·-----·-·-·-·-···-··---· For the first time a minor is offered in Health Education. The following Courses are required: BioL 231 Human Anatomy ···-·----------- ... ·········-·---------·--···- ···-··---·-·---·-·-·Biol, 120 Human Physiology --·-··-··-· Home Ee. 101 Elementary Nutrition---·-··········--------------·P.E. 185 Principles of Health Education .......................... . P.E. 235 Organization and Admin. of Health Education Units 3 3 3 '3 GRADUATE COURSES The following courses will be offered for graduate credit: P.E. 335 P.E. 336 P.E. 354 Problems in Physical Education ....... Seminar in Physical Education _______ _ Physiology of Exercise .............. Units 3 ·--··-·-·-···-·-····-·· 3 ··-·---·--······-··-·· 3 In addition, graduate credit may be given for Physical Education 251, Kinesiology; Physical Education 285, Organization and Administration of Health Education; and Physical Education 236, Organization and Administration of Physical Education. TYPE CURRICULUM FOR STUDENTS MAJORING IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Units English 101 Con1position... . 3 Chemistry 110 ....... . 4 •P.E. 100 Hygiene ···-····--·------·· 2 P.E. 111 Sports Surv. (men).. 0.5 P.E. Activity (women) 0.5 ?tUnor or elective_________ 7 Second Semester Units Enghsh 102 Composition ........... 3 Biol. 140 Zoology······-·-···-···-·····-···- 4 •Art 110 Public School Art........ 2 P.E. 112 Sports Surv. (men) .. 0.5 P.E. Activity (women) ·······---- 0.6 Minor or elective............................ 7 16.6 16.6 SOPHOMORE YEAR Uni.ts First Semester 3 •Psych. 100 Gen. Psych. 3 •Geog. 100 Elem. of Geog... 3 Social Studies (see note 2) ... 3 Biol. 231 Anatomy ·-·-------------·· P.F.. 161 Dance in Educ. (wm.) 2 Minor or elective (men) ..... . 3 P.E. Activity ____ .... 0.5 Second Semester Units •Educ. 120 Socioloh"Y----·-· ···········-··- 3 •s. Sci. 100 Const. Govt .... ---········-- 3 Social Studies (see note 2) _______ 3 BioL 120 Human Physiology.... 3 P.E. 162 Tech. of Dance (wm.) 2 Minor or elective (men) .......... 3 P.E. Actlvity... .. ... 0.5 15.5 15.5 163 PHYSICAL EDUCATION JllNIOB YEAR First Semester Units •Psych. 200 Educ. Meas ...·-··-····· 3 •Educ. 21() Teaching Reading __ Minor and elective (wm.) _____ Minor and elective (men) _______ P.E. 215 Tech. of Phys. Ed.-.. P.E. 217 Coaching (men) -·---- 2 6 42 2 P.E. 251 Kinesiology --·-·······-·- 3 P.E. Activity ---·----·------- 0.5 16.5 Second Semester Units Directed Teaching ···--·-················10 Or the following group; •Ed elective -----------------·-··· 5 Minor and elective --------- ---··· 5 Minor or elective (wm.L--------- 4 Minor or elective (men) ... _.. __ 2 P.E. 216 Tech, of Phys. Ed... _ 2 P.E. 218 Coaching (men) __________ 2 P.E. Activib' .... ---·--··-··-·· 0.5 16.5 SENIOR YEAR First Semester Units Second Semester Unit.ii •Ed 250 Phil. of Ed .... _.. 3 •Ed 230 El. Currie. Tech ... ·····-- 2 Elective and minor ···- ................ 5 Directed Teaching ·······-····· ····---10 Or the following groups: or Minor and elective ···-····------10 •Ed Elective ···········-··-··············· 5 Elective or minor....................... ____ 5 P.E. 235 Org. and Admin. of P.E. 236 Org. Admin. P. Ed.- 3 Health Education -······-·· .. · - - 3 P.E. Activity............ --·--·····-··-·· .... 0.5 P.E. Activity···-······-·--·---·····-······ 0.5 15.5 Note 1. Note 2. Note 3. Note 4. 16.5 In the case of the starred courses, sections are to be so arranged that half of the group will take the course in first semester, and half in the second semester. The sophomore courses in social studies are to be selected from the following: Hist. 101, 102; 103, 104; and Econ. 131, 132. Electives are to be so chosen as to include an approved minor of at least fifteen units ln a field other than physical education. P.E. Majors may elect from the following courses: P.E. 167 First Aid; P.E. 170 Camp Fire Leadership; P.E. 172 Scout Leadership; P.E. 185 Principles of Health Educlltion; P.E. 2.32 Social Recreation Leadership; P.E. 207-208 Coaching (women); Engl. 124 Pageantry. DESCRIPTION OF COURSES IN HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION ACTIVITY COURSES FOR MEN P.E. 111-112. Sporta Survey, Instruction in individual and team sports. Required of all men in the freshman year. Participation in varsity or freshman athletics may not be substituted. Mr. Pomeroy. First year, two semesters, two hours per week. ~ unit each semester. 113-114. Athletica, Open to men who are accepted as candidates for varsity or freshman teams representing the college. Staff. Second year, or following, two semesters. five hours a week. 1h: unit each semester. 125-126. Boxing. Mr. Allen. Second year or followin~. two semesters, two hours a week. 1t! unit each semester. 164 STATE TEACHERS COLLEGE 127-128. Wrestling. Mr. Allen. Second year or follov.ring, two semesters, two hours a V.'eek. in: unit each semester. THEORY COURSES FOR MEN 172. Fundamentals of Scouting. The philosophy of Scouting organization and practices. Actual practice in Scoutcraft and individual advancement. Opportunity for leadership in the Ira D. Payne Training School Scout Troop. Completion of the course entitles participants to receive Elements of Scoutmastership Certificates, Parts I and II. Mr. Steverson. Seeond or third year, first semester, three hours a ·\">reek. 3 units. 217-218. Coaching (Men). Theory and technique of major sports. These include football, basketball, track and baseball. Required of all men vlho major in health and physical education. Staff. Third or fourth year, two semesters, three hours a week. 2 units, 256. Advanced Scouting. Principles of Scout and Cub leadership, and specialization courses in scouting. Successful completion of the course entitles participants to receive Principles of Scout and Cub Leadership Certificates Parts I and II and Specialization Certificates earned. Prerequisites: Fundamentals of Scouting, P.E. 172 or possession of Elements of Scoutmastership Certificates Parts I and IL Mr. Steverson and Roosevelt Council, Inc., Staff. Third or fourth year, second semester, three hours a week. 3 unlts. ACTIVITY COURSES FOR WOMEN ONLY One semester hour of activity is required of all women during their freshman year. This may be elected from the following group: P.E. 101-102; 105-106; 121-122; 110; 115; 150. 101, 102. Sports Survey. Staff. Two semesters, two hours a weel{. ¥.i unit each semester. 103-104. Athletics. Open to women who are candidates for varsity, freshman or intramural major sport competition. Staff. Either semester, three hours a v.·eek. 105-106. ;2 unit each semester. Restricted Physical Education. Staff. Tv.'O semesters, two hours a week. % unit each semester. 165 PHYSICAL EDUCATION 117-118. Modern Dance. Ji.fiss Gillanders. First year, two semester~. two hours a week, 112 unit each semester. THEORY COURSES FOR WOMEN 207-208. Coaching. Theory and technique of major and minor sports. Participating and officiating in games. ~Iiss ~Iurphy. Third or fo11rth year, two hours a week. t·wo semesters. 2 units each semester. 170. Camp Fire Leadership. Develops the ps;rchological background and educational fowidations of Camp Fire as an activity for adolescent girls. The theory and practice of the seven crafts in the Camp Fire program, with symbolism and program making receiving attention. A limited opportunity is offered to assist with Camp Fire activities in the campus training school. Successful completion of the course entitles the participants to receive the certificate of graduation from a registered training course for leaders from National Camp Fire Headquarters. The work follo\VS closely the enlargement and improvement of the program as outlined in the new manual of 1937. l\Hss Anderson. Third or fourth year, either f;ernefvill be selected to meet the needs of the individual student subject to the approval of the head of the department. DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Psych. 100. Elementary Psychology. An introductory study of the field of mental life. The primary emphasis is placed on normal adult psychology with application of the facts to the control of human behavior. The course aims to lay a foundation for all later study in education or psychology, and to give a general appreciation of the psychological approach to an analysis of animal and human behavior. Dr. Grirneo;, Dr. Skinner. Second year, either sen1ester, three hours a -..•;eek. 3 units. 200. Educational Measurements. Deals with the philosophy, interpretation, and construction of tests of intelligence, achievement, aptitude, interest, attitude, and other personality traits. Some practice is provided in the construction by the students of simple tests suitable for use in the public school. Statistical techniques useful in the interpretation of test scores are considered. Prerequisite: Psych. 100. Dr. 'Vert. Third year, either .;;erne:;:ter, three hours a ·week. 3 unit;;. 211-g. Statistical Methods. Elementary method~ of collection, analysis, and interpretation of data in the fields of education, sociology, and economics. Includes the presentation of data in tables and graphs, averages, index numbers, variability, sampling theory, and simple methods of correlation. Prerequisite: Psych. 100. Dr. \\'ert. First semester, two hours a ·week. 2 units. 212-g. Advanced Statistics. Includes further methods of correlation, regression, analysis of trend, curve fitting, and partial and multiple correlation. Practical applications are made to education, sociology, and economics. Prerequisite: Psych. 211-g. Dr. "\Vert. Second semester. two hours a week. 2 units. 170 STATE TEACHERS COLLEGE 208.g. Abnormal Paychology and Mental Hygiene. A brief study of the more prevalent types of insanity. Some consideration is given to mental deficiency. The interaction of the psychological and environmental factors determining the well-being of the school child, with special reference to the origin, development, treatment, and prevention of variant behavior problems of children. Prerequisite: Psych. 100. Dr, Skinner. Second semester, three hours a week. 213-g. Educational Psychology. 3 units. Based on the information, prin- ciples, and experimental findings of psychology. A study of original nature, the learning process, laws of learning and habit formation, and economical principles of learning. Prerequisite: Psych. 100. Dr. Skinner. First semester, three hours a week. 3 units. 221-g, 222-g. Psychological Testing and Educational Diagnosis. A year of work concerned with the analysis and administration of the more important intelligence, performance, and achievement tests. Selected tests are demonstrated in the class. Educational and adjustment problems are diagnosed and appropriate remedial measures are suggested. Individual testing. Prerequisite: Psych. 100 and Psych. 200. Fee, $1.00. Dr. Skinner. Two semesters, two hours a week. 3 units each semester. 225-g. Social Psychology. Advanced psychology dealing with the science of social relationship. Problems of social organization, social control, racial cultures, leadership, communication, imitation, heredity, and environment are given attention. Problems in education, industry, commerce, and social organization are analyzed in the light of modern psychology. Prerequisite: Psych. 100. Dr. Burkhard. First semester, three hours a week. 3 units. 23 t. Psychology of Adolescence. A presentation of recent scientific work in such fields as the nature of development of interests; physical, mental, moral, and social traits of adolescence; the prediction and control of adolescent behavior; and their bearing upon the problems of instruction in junior and senior high schools. Prerequisite: Psych. 100. Miss Roll. First semester, two hours a week. 2 units. COURSES IN PSYCHOLOGY 171 233. Child Psychology. A study of the physical, mental, emotional, and social development of the child from birth to adolescence. The period from five to ten years of age is especially emphasized. Designed to meet the needs of those planning to teach in the kindergarten, primary, or intermediate grades. Prerequisite: Psych. 100. Dr. Skinner. Either semester, three hours a week. 3 units. 241-g. Psychological Problems and Research. Designed for students who wish to complete a minor in psychology. Psychological research techniques are presented. The student is expected to carry out some individual research project, preferably in line with the interests of the student. Prerequisite: Psych. 100 and 200. Dr. Skinner. First semester, bvo hours a week. 2 units. 308. Learning and Individual Differences. A study of the nature of learning and individual differences. Various theories of learning are considered. Prerequisite: at least two courses in psychology. Dr. Skinner. Second semester. 2 units. 313. Advanced Educational Psychology. A critical survey of the experimental literature of psychology with special emphasis on applications to the problems of teaching, administration, and super. vision. Prerequisite: at least two courses in psychology. Dr. Skinner. First semester. 2 units. 332. Psychology and Education of Exceptiona1 Children. Presents the psychological principles most essential for the understanding and distinction of exceptional children. Considers the education and training of children suffering from the most common forms of defects. Emphasis is placed upon children handicapped by mental and physical defect. Consideration is given to the education of gifted children. Prerequisite: Psych. 100. Dr. Skinner. Offered in the summer session. 2 units. 333. Personnel Techniques and Problems. Psychological principles as applied to student personnel are presented. Some consideration is given to personnel in business and industry. Emphasis is placed on the personnel techniques and problems with which the counselor, the social worker, or the supervisor are faced. Prerequisite: Psych. 100. Dr. Skinner. First semester. 2 units. DEPARTMENT OF SCIENCES DR. BATEMAN (Head of the Department), MR. !RISH. MR. OSTRANDER. MR. HOOVER. DR. WATSON. MR. MORTENSEN The department of sciences offers courses in the following fields: Biology, Chemistry, Geography, General Science, Geology and Physics. The work in this department is designed to meet the needs of the following: (1) Students desiring a cultural or broadening training in the field of science. (2) Prospective elementary and secondary teachers who plan to major in one of the divisions of science. ( 3) Prospective teachers who require prerequisite training in science for the majors, such as Home Economics or Physical Education. ( 4) Pre-professional or other students requiring lower division science courses to meet the requirements of the various professional, academic and vocational fields such as Agriculture, Medicine and Research, and who plan to continue their work at another college. SCIENCE MAJORS The science student may emphasize one of the following fields: (a) (b) Elementary Science Diological Sciences (c) (d) Geography Physical Sciences To complete a major, twenty-four hours, (twelve hours of which must be upper division) must be completed in one of the above fields. Students are warned against over-specialization. Most of the elementary and secondary schools of the state prefer teachers of science, rather than some specific division of it. Science majors are advised to take Biology 130-140, Chemistry 111-112, Physics 111-112, to insure a broad foundation, and then emphasize the field of their choice. Students electing to major in science will plan their programs of studies under the advice and direction of the head of the department. COURSES IN SCIENCE 173 For the guidance of science majors in the selection of a course of study for the four years, seYeral type curricula are presented in the pages following. The curricula for Elementar;r Science and Geography are especially designed for elementary a!ld junior high school teachers, while those for biological science and physical science are adapted to the needs of students who may desire later to qualify for the secondary certificate, or to continue their .,.,-ork in medicine, research, or other advanced field of study which requires a broad foundation in science. During their senior year all science majors are advised to make arrangements 'vith their departmental adviser to obtain experience in the handling of equipment and operation of laboratories and stockrooms. THE MINOR IN SCIENCE FOR THE FOUR YEAR CURRICULUM Fifteen units to be chosen in conference with the department head and the instructor representing the student's minor interest. This work may be selected from any one of the following fields: biology, chemistry, geography, physics, or general sciences. Suggested minors for science majors: General Elementary Science: arts, home economics, geography. Geography: Physical Commerce, social studies, education, industrial biology. Biological sciences: Chemistry, home economics, physical edu. cation, geography, foreign languages. Physical sciences: 11athematics, biology, industrial arts, foreign languages, physical education. Students v.'ho •vish to prepare themselves for candidacy in the various phases of Federal Biological Survey or Conservation work, in addition to their professional preparation, v.--ill follow the biological science curriculum with electives selected in consultation with the head of the department. CORE REQUIREMENT IN SCIENCE All candidates for the bachelor's degree are required to take six to eight semester hours of science <:ourses. The selection of these required courses should be based upon the interest or need 174 STATE TEACHERS COLLEGE of the individual student. The following combinations are recommended for the different majors: Subjects Gen. Sci. 100, 110 6 sem. hrs. Chem. 110, Phys. 110 8 Majors Units Art, commerce, English, kindergarten-primary, foreign langUages, music, secial studies. Agricult_ure, geography, biology, industrial arts, physical education, Chem. 110, 180 Biol. 130, 140 8 8 Chem. 111, 112 8 general sciences, Home Economics. General science, geography, biology. Industrial arts, mathematics, physical sciences, pre-professional. TYPE CURRICULUM FOR THE ELEMENTARY CERTIFICATE WITH A MAJOR IN SCIENCE FRESHMAN YEAR Biol. 130 Botany or Chem. 110 Gen. Chem ................. 4 Elective ···-··-···--·-·-··--- 4 P.E. Activity............... ---······-·--·· 0.5 Second Semester Unita Eng. 102 Comp .............................. 3 Social Studies ........ ........... 3 Geography 100 ···-·· ................. 3 Art 110 Publ. Sch. Art··········-····· 2 Biol. 140 7,oology or Physics 110 ···--·-··········· ....... 4 P.E. Activity...--.···········-········ ...... 0.5 16.5 15.5 First Semester Units Eng. 100 Comp ........... _____ ·····-----·- 3 Social Studies ···········--···········------. 3 P.E. 100 Hygiene.·-·--····--- 2 SOPHOMORE YEAR First Semester Units Psych. 100 Elem. Psych ............ 3 Pol. Sci. 100 Const. Govt ............. 3 Chem. 110 or Biol. 130 ................ 4 Physical Geology ·-·-·········-------·-··- 4 Minor ···----··-·····························----- 3 P.E. Activity........ ............ 0.5 Second Semester Units Educ. 120 Sociology.......... ········- 3 Physics 110 or Biol. 140. ·····-··· 4 Physiology ... . ...... 3 Minor ........... ........ 4 Elective ........ ....................... 3 P.E. Activity... ....... 0.5 17.5 17.5 JUNIOR YEAR First Semester Units Bacteriology -·-···-··························- 4 Nature Study ·---······-··-··--·········· 3 Minor ···--··········-··-··--··-·-·-·-···-······· 4 Ed. Measurements ·······-······-······· 3 Second Semester Genetics ······-···--··· Ed. 230 Cur. Tech .. Directed Teaching Ed. 210 ... Units ...... 3 ...... 2 .......... 10 ··----··· !: lT 14 SENIOR YEAR First Semester Units Science Elective ......... 3 Ed. 250 -··--·-....... 3 Minor ···-······-- .................... ....... 4 Elective ···-··--·-······--·-··-·· .............. 6 16 Second Semester Units Science Elective 3 Minor ................... .. ...................... 3 Education Elective ................. 3 Elective ........... . ...................... 7 16 COURSES IN SCIENCE 175 TYPE CURRICULUM FOR THE MAJOR IN GEOGRAPHY FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Units Engl 101 Composition.. _________ 3 Social -----------.---···Chem. Studies 110 or Biol. 130 __________ 34 •P.E. 100 Hygiene ..·-··-····------------- 2 Elective ----····--·--··---·--------- 4 P.E. ActiVitY----··········-·············- 0.5 Second Semester Units Engl. 102 Composition .... ······-· 3 Social ----·----·-··------------· 3 •Art 100Studies Puhl. Sch. Art. ___________ 2 Phys. 110 or Biol. 141)______________ 4 •Geog. 100 Elern. of Geog __________ 3 Elective ···-···-·····--·-······-········----- 1 P.E. Activity... _ .... 0.5 16.5 16.5 SOPHOMORE YEAR First Semester Units •Educ 120 Sociology... ........... 3 •science or social science··-··-··· 3 Biol 130 or Chem. 110. ·········-- 4 P.E. ActivitY----·-···-·-···-· ·······-·- 0.6 Elective or Minor.. ____ .. 4 GeoL 151 Phys, Geology.......... 4 Second Semester Cnits •Psych. 10-0 Gen. p;iychology ___ 3 •s. Sci. 100 Const. GoYt ................. 3 Biol. 140 or Phys. ll\L_____ 4. P.E. ActivitY----·················· ............ 0.5 Geog. 102 Econ. Geog. .. 3 Phy;i. 118 :Meteorology .......... 3 18.5 16.5 JUNIOR YEAR First Semester Units •Education Elective ----·-····-·- 3 •Educ. 210 Tchng. of Reading .... 2 Science or Social Science.. Elective ···-··-··-·····-··Geog. 201 or Geog. 203.. 4 3 3 Second Semester Units •Psych. 200 Educ. Meas ············- 3 Directed Teaching ···-·····- ·······--10 Or the follovdng group: Biol. 224 Anim. Ecology_ .... Geog. 202 Reg. Geog····-··-··· 3 Geog. 206 Anthrop. S.W ..... 3 Geog. 222 Physlog_ of U.S. _______ 4 31 ! 15 (16 orl 17 SENIOR YEAR First Semester Units •Educ. 250 Phil. of Educ........... _ 3 Directed Teaching ···-··--·--······10 Or (Major, Minor or Electlve 10) Geog. 217 ConserYation __________ 3 Second Semester Units •Educ. 230 El Currie. Techn ..... ~ Science or Soc. Science... -.. 3 Educ. 220 Syst. Laws, Rec .... - .. 2 Geog. 214 Field \\~ork ...... (1 or) 2 Geog. 218 Transportation .. 2 Geog. 222 or Geo!. 252 .................. 4 16 15 TYPE CURRICULUM WITH MAJOR IN BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Engl. 101 Composition .. •P.E. 100 Hygiene ___ _ Social Studies .... Biol. 130 Gen. Bot. Elective ··--····· P.E. Activity .. ....... 0.5 Second Semester Units Engl. 102 Composition ···-- 3 •Art 100 Publ. Sch. Art.. .. 2 •Geog. 100 Elem. of Geog ________ .. 3 Social Studies ···.. 3 BloL 140 Gen. Zoo!. 4 P.E. ActhitY----···· .................. 0.5 15.5 15.5 Units ' 3 2 ...... 4 ' 176 STATE TEACHERS COLLEGE SOPHOMORE YEAR First Sen1ester Units •Educ. 120 Sociology __________ ........... 3 •s. Sci. 100 Const. Govt................ 3 Foreign language ........ 4 P.E. Activity................ .... 0.5 Minor or elective........ -----·-··· 3 Chem. 110 or 111 ·---- ___ ------------ .. 4 Second Semester Units •Psych. 100 Gen. Psych .. ······-···-- 3 *M:inor or elective............... -------····· 3 Foreign language ......................... 4 P.E. Activity........... ________ 0.5 Chem. 112 or Phys. 110 ---· 4 Biol. 120 Physiology.. _____ 3 17.5 17 .5 First Semester JUNIOR YEAR Units *Psych. 200 Educ. Meas ............... Educ. 210 Tchng, Reading .......... Elective ········--·-······-·--···················· Chem, 211 Organic Chem ......... Biol. 203 Bacteriology... _............. 3 2 3 4 Second Semester Units *Education Elective .................... 3 Directed Teaching ................... 10 o, 4 (Minor and elective ....... 10) Chem, 212 Org, Chem ................ 4 16 17 SENIOR YEAR First Semester lJnits *Educ. 230 EI. Currie. Tech ......... 2 Directed Teaching -·················-···10 o. (Minor and elective ___ ....10) Biol. 223 Compar. Anat ......·--·····- 3 Second Semester Units "'Educ. 250 Phil. of Ed ................ 3 Minor and elective....... ···········-··· 5 "'Educ. 220 Syst. Laws, Rec ..... 2 Biol. 222 or Biol. 224...... .. 3 Biol. 212 or Biol. 134.... ... 3 15 16 PHYSICAL SCIENCE MAJOR-TYPE CURRICULUM FOR STUDENTS CONCENTRATING IN CHEMISTRY FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Units Engl. 101 Composition ... _........... 3 Chem. 111 Gen. Chem ... ------··-··· 4 Math, 111 Fresh. Math ....... ----··· 4 Econ. 131 Prin. of Ee ...... ··--······- 3 P.E. 100 Hygiene ... ·······- 2 P.E. Activity ......... ... 0.5 Second Semester Units Engl. 102 Composition ............. Chem. 112 Gen, Chem .... - ..........Math. 112 Fresh. l\fath Econ. 132 Prin. of Ee ............... _. Geog. l 00 I and credits by arrangement with the instructor. ~Ir. 390. Research. Problems of Science Teaching. Research on problems of biology with special emphasis on science teaching. Open to graduate students majoring in the biological sciences. Time and credit to be arranged. THE PHYSICAL SCIENCES CHEMISTRY 110. Introductory College Chemistry. Deals with the fundamental facts and theories of general chemistry. Especially adapted to the needs of students \vho have had no high school chemistry. With the approval of the instructor, students who successfully complete this course, may register for Chem. 112 during the second semester. Laboratory fee, $4.00 and breakage deposit, $2.00. Dr. Bateman and assistants. First seinester, three recitation-lecture periods and three hours of laboratory per ·week. 4 units. 111. General College Chemistry, Similar to Chem. 110 but for students who have had high school chemistry. Laboratory fee, $4.00 and breakage deposit, $2.00. Dr. Bateman and assistants. First seme.,;ttr, three recitation-lecture periods and three hours of laboratory per ·week. 112. General College Chemistry. Laboratory fee, $4.00. 4 units. A continuation of Chemistry 111. Dr. Bateman and assi&tants. First semester, three recitation-lecture periods and three hours of laboratory per \Yeek. 4 units. 131. Qualitative Analysis. A systematic separation of the most important metals and acids, together with a careful consideration of the theories, principles and laws involved. Prerequisite: Chem. 112, or equivalent. Laboratory fee, $5.00 and breakage deposit, $2.00. Dr. Bateman and assistants. Fir::.t semester, two lecture-recitation periods and six or more hours of laboratory per week. 4 units. 186 STATE TEACHERS COLLEGE 180. Elementary Organic Chemistry. A brief survey of the compounds of carbon, including the representative groups of the aliphatic and aromatic series. Adapted to the needs of students of home economics and agriculture and biology. Laboratory fee, $5.00 and breakage deposit, $2.00. Dr. Bateman. Second semester, three lectures and three hours of laboratory per week. 4 units. 201, 202. Theoretical Chemistry and Quantitative Analysis. During the fiTst semester, a survey is made of such subjects as the molecular theory, structure of matter, equilibrium, colloids and electrochemistry. Quantitative experiments are included in the laboratory to illustrate the above principles. The second semester includes general quantitative analysis with emphasis on the theory. Prerequisite: Physics 112, Chem. 131. (Not offered 1938-39.) Laboratory fee, $5.00. Dr. Bateman. Both semesters, two lectures and six or more hours of laboratory per week. 4 units. 211-g, 212-g. General Organic Chemistry. An intensive treatment of the chemistry of organic compounds, including the aliphatic and aromatic hydrocarbons and their derivatives. Emphasis is placed on the theories and reactions of organic chemistry. The laboratory work includes the study and preparation of typical carbon compounds. Prerequisite: Chem. 131, 202 or equivalent. Laboratory fee, $5.00. Breakage deposit, $2.00. Dr. Bateman. Both semesters, three lectures and three or more hours of laboratory each week, 4 units. 260-g. Applied Chemistry. Includes a brief study of the applications of chemistry in the home and the community. Subjects considered are fuels, fire-prevention, sanitation, textiles, paints, cellulose products, toilet preparations, drugs, food and nutrition. (Not offered 1938.39.) Prerequisite: Chem. 180 or 211, or equivalent. Fee, $5.00. Breakage deposit, $2.00. Dr. Bateman. Second year, first 8emester, three lecture-recitations and one three-hour laboratory period per week, ( units. 270-g. Advanced Quantitative Analysis. Special methods of analysis such as water, food, ore, rock, steel, urine. Time and credit to be arranged. Prerequisites: Chem. 112, 202, and 212; Physics 112. Dr. Bateman. Hours to be arranged. COURSES IN SCIENCE 187 282-g. Biochemistry. A study of the chemistry of animal and plant life; the physical and chemical properties of compounds of biological origin; the chemistry of the tissues, secretions, excretions; the composition of foodstuffs, and phenomena of their digestion, absorption, and metabolism; and the role of enzymes in the plant and animal world. Prerequisites: Biol. 120, Chem. 180 or 211. Laboratory fee, $4.00. Breakage deposit, $2.00. Dr. Bateman. Second semester. Three lectures and three hours of laboratory per -week. -4' units. 291-g, 292-g. Elementary Physical Chemistry. Includes a brief consideration of the properties of liquids, gases and solids; solutions, equilibrium, phase rule, osmotic pressure, electrochemistry, colloids. Prerequisites: Chem. 202; Phys. 112; Calculus. (Not offered in 1938-39.) Laboratory fee, $5.00 and breakage deposit. Dr. \\~atson. Both semesters, three lectures and three or more hours of laboratory work each week. 4: units. 390. Research-Problems of Science Teaching. Research on problems of chemistry with special emphasis on science teaching. Open to graduate students majoring in the physical sciences. Time and credit to be arranged. PHYSICS Physics 110. Elements of Applied Physics. The fundamental principles of physics are developed and discussed in an elementary way and application is made of these principles to practical probl ems of the farm and home. Treatment of such topics as: mechanical principles of machinery, heating systems, air conditioning, home lighting, refrigeration, and electrical appliances. Neither high school physics nor college mathematics is required. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Dr. Watson. First year, second semester, three lecture-recitation periods and three hours of laboratory per week. 4 units. Physics 111, 112. General College Physics. A detailed lecture and laboratory course in general physics, including physical interpretation of everyday phenomena. It covers mechanics, heat, weather, sound, light, electricity, magnetism. Properties and structure of matter treated from the modem point of view. Prerequisites: College algebra and trigonometry. Laboratory fee, $3.00 per semester. Dr. Watson. Second year, both semesters. Three lecture-recitation periods and three hours of laboratory per week. 4: units each ~emester. STATE TEACHERS COLLEGE 188 116. Descriptive Astronomy. A non-mathematical treatment of general astronomy. The course includes a detailed study of the members of the solar system and their characteristics; stars, constellations, nebulae, and the structure of the universe. Open to all students. (Not offered in 1938-39.) 1Jr. \Vatson_ Second semester. Three leclure periods per week, 3 units. 118. Meteorology. Composition and circulation of the atmosphere; hygrometry; weather; methods of observation and prediction; frost warnings; climate in its relations to man and agriculture. Fee, $1.00. (Not offered in 1938~39.) Dr. '\Vatson. Second semester, three hours a week. 3 units. 201-g. Mechanics and Heat. A more advanced presentation of mechanics and heat than is given in general physics. Calculus is used in the development of the subject matter. Prerequisites: Phys. 112; calculus. (Not offered in 1938-39.) Dr. "\Vatson. First semester, three lectures per ·week. 3 units. 202-g. Electricity and Magnetism. An advanced and detailed treatment of the theory of electricity and magnetism. Electrostatics, magnetism, direct and alternating current theory, electromagnetic waves, including radio. Prerequisites: Phys. 112; calculus. (Not offered in 1938-39.) IJr. Watson. Second semester, three lectures per week. 3 units. 204-g. Optics. A more advanced presentation of geometrical and physical optics. Reflection, refraction, lenses, image .formation, wave properties of light, interference, diffraction, polarization, spectroscopy, relation of light waves to matter. Prerequisites: Phys. 112; calculus. (Not offered in 1938-39.) Dr. \Vatson. Second semester. three lectures per week. 3 units. 241-g. Modern Physics. Deals with the discoveries made in the past few decades regarding the nature of matter and energy. Among other topics the following are discussed: x-rays and crystal structure; the "'·ave and particle properties of light and matter; atomic properties and structure; isotopes; radioactivity; protons, neutrons, and atomic nuclei; artificial transmutations of elements. Prerequisites: Phys. 112; calculus. Dr. \Vatson. First semester. three lectures per week. 3 units. 390. Research-Problems of Science Teaching. Research on problems of physics with special emphasis on science teaching, Open to graduate students majoring in the physical sciences. Time and credit to be arranged. DEPARTMENT OF SOCIAL STUDIES DR. WYLL YS (Head of the Department), DR. Tll.DEN Courses in the Social Studies are de.;:dgned to make one's college education well-rounded, and to produce intelligent, broad minded graduates of this institution. Not all students are preparing themselves to enter the same profession; but nearly all expect to be citizens of the United States. In order to be able citizens of the United States or of Arizona, it is desirable to have a knowledge of our human backgrounds and our human relationships, gained through the study of our past history and our present political and social institutions. The Major in Social Studies requires a total of thirty semester hour units in this field, exclusive of Pol. Sci. 100, which is a gen. eral curriculum requirement. Eighteen units of the major should be in lower division courses selected from among the following departmental offerings: Hist. 101-102; 103-104; 105-106; 107-108; 110; 113; 114; 116; or Political Science 101; 102; 103; 104. Vlhenever possible, a year's combination course such as History 101-102, 103-104, 105-106, 107-108, should be carried through in the same college year. The remaining tv..~elve units may be elected from the following courses: Hist. 202; 203; 204; 205; 206; 207; 208; 210; or Pol. Sci. 201; 202; 203; 204; 205; 206, provided the specified prerequisites for these courses have been completed. A Minor in Social Studies should consist of at least fifteen units. Nine units should be in lower division selected from the lower division courses enumerated above and six units should be in upper division work chosen from the upper division courses listed for the major. Both History 101-102 and 103-104, or their equivalent are required of all students majoring in the field of Social Studies. Pol. Sci. 100, Constitutional Government, may not be counted toward either the major or the minor. Econ. 110, Economic History of the United States, and Econ. 131-132, Principles of Economics, will be accepted as electives in Social Studies. On pages 190 and 191 will be found a suggestive arrangement of such a major as described above. Courses in the studies acceptable toward the major are listed in each semester. The outline is intended to indicate desirable sequences of these courses. 190 STATE TEACHERS COLLEGE The actual selection of the courses which are to constitute the major will depend, to a large extent, upon the desires and the preparation of the individual student. The major or minor should be fully planned and worked out under the direction of the head of the department. Graduate courses will be organized and conducted as the demand for them becomes sufficient. SUGGESTED CURRICULUM FOR STUDENTS MAJORING IN SOCIAL STUDIES FRESHMAN Y&AR First Semester Units Engl. 101 Composition ....... -····--- 3 Gen, Sci. 100 Phys. Science .... _ 3 •P.E. 100 Hygiene·-·----···-·--·-·- 2 Elective ----------·-···---------·-··----------- 5 P.E. ActivitY----················-------- 0.5 Social Studies; elect from: Hist. 105, England to 1603; Hist. 107, Anc, Orient, Greece; Hist. 110, H1st. of S. W. or Pol. Sci. 101, Introd. Pol. Sci. 3 16.5 Second Semester Units Engl. 102 Composition... __ ....... - ... 3 Gen. Sci. 110 Gen. Biol. Science 3 "'Art 100 Public Sch. Art...·-········ 2 Elective ·--··-··-······························· 2 Elective ·······································-··· 3 P.E. Activity ...................... ·-··-······· 0.5 Social Studies; elect from: Hist. 106, England Since 1603; Hist. 108, Hlst. of Rome: Hist. 114, Col. of N. Amer. or Pol. Sci. 102, State Govt..·-····-··-··· 3 16.5 SOPHOMORE Y&AR First Semester Units *Educ. 120 Soc1oloR) ....... - ........... 3 •Pol. Sci. 100 Const Govt ............. 3 Elective ·---·-··-··············-··········--· -4 P.E. Activity....... - .............·-··-·· .. -· 0.5 Hist. 101 Early Mod. Eur. or Hist. 103 U.S. to 1865 ... ___ 3 Social Studies _ ......................... __ 3 Elect from the following: Hist. 105, 107, 110, 113, or Pol. Sci. 101, 103, or any of college req. not chosen above. Second Semester Units *Psych. 100 Elem. Psychology.... 3 •Geog. 100 El. of Geog..................... 3 Elective ............................................ 4 P.E. Activity .....·--····-··-··-··-······· 0.5 Hist. 102 Eur. Since 1815 or Hist. 104 U.S. Since 1865..·-··· 3 Social Studies ···-··············-·.. ·-····· 3 Elect from the following: Hist. 106, 108, 114. 116, or Pol. Sci. 102, 104, or any of college req. not chosen above. 16.5 16.5 JUNIOR Y&AR First Semester lJnits Educ. 220 Syst. Laws, Rec....... 2 •Psych. 200 Educ. Meas .. ·---···--··· 3 Elective ··········-······-······-··.. ·--······· 5 Social Studies .......... ·-··-······---... 6 Elect from following: Hist. 203, 205, 207, 210 or Pol Sci. 201, 208. Second Semester Units Directed Teaching ........................10 Or the following group: Educ:ttion Elective................ 3 *Educ. 230 Currie. Techn ..... 2 Elective ...- .............. - ..·-·-·--···· 5 Social Studies ..........·-··········-··--· 6 Elect from following: Hist. 202, 204, 206, 208 or Pol. Sci. 202, 204. 16 16 COURSES IN SOCIAL STUDIES 191 SENIOR YEAR First Semester Lnits •Educ. 210 Tchng. Reading ___ 2 •Educ. 250 Phil. of Educ ____________ 3 Directed Teaching ----·-------------10 oc Elective - - - - - - - - - < Social Studies - - - - - - - - 6 Hist. 203, 205, 207, 210; Pol. Sci. 201, 203. Second Semester *Electives ···- Units ...... 10 Social Studies ··--------.......... 6 El~ct from following: Hist. 202, 204, 206, 208, or Pol. Sci. 202, 204 15 Note 1. Note 2. Note 3. Note 4. 16 In the case of the starred courses, sections are to be so arranged that half of the group will take the course in the first semester and half in the Eecond semester. Students majoring in social studies will consult the head of the department for advice in the selection of the alternative courses offered above. An approved minor of at le'l.St fifteen units is to be chosen in .some field other than .social studies. Half the students do their directed teaching in last semester of the junior year; other half in first semester of the senior year. COURSES IN SOCIAL STUDIES IUSTOBY History 101. Early Modern Europe. The history of Europe is covered from the latter part of the fifteenth century down to 1815. The course deals chiefly \Vith the four great revolutions in commerce, religion, politics, and industry which in three centuries changed the whole course of modern life. Required of all students majoring in the department. Dr. Wyllys. First semester. three hours a week. 3 units. 102. Europe Since 1815. A survey of the history of Europe from the French Revolution to the present time, with stress on the period since 1870. Some of the chief topics covered are: The Congress of Vienna and its results; the era of Metternich; the Industrial Revolution; the development of nationalism and the unification of all the states of Central Europe; imperialism and alliances; the World War; and a brief survey of post-war Europe. Required of all students majoring in the department. Dr. Wyllys. Second .semester, three hours a week. 3 units. 103. United States History to 1865. This course covers the founding of the American Republic, politically and economically, and deals also with expansion, foreign affairs and the rise of sectionalism. Stress is laid upon great personalities and upon social and cultural progress before the Civil War. Required of all students majoring in the department. Dr. Wyllys, First semester, three hours a week. 3 unit~. STATE TEACHERS COLLEGE 192 104. United States History Since 1865. American history since the Civil War is largely concerned with social and economic questions. This course aims to bring out the significance of the rise of capitalism, the growth of city life, and our commercial and industrial system, and their effects upon our present institutions. Required of all students majoring in the department. Dr. Wyllys. Second semester, three hours a week. 3 units. 105. History of England to 1603. A survey of the political, economic, and social development of England from the earliest times to the end of the Tudor period. Dr. Tilden. First semester, three hours a week. 106. History of England Since 1603. (l\fodern England). 3 units. A survey of the political, economic and social development of England and the British Empire from 1603 to the present time. Dr. Tilden. Second semester, three hours a week. 3 units. 107. History of the Ancient Orient and Greece. A survey of the developments of ancient culture, including the valley of the Nile, the Euphrates and the western coast of Asia Minor and the mainland of Greece. Special emphasis is laid upon the causes and extent of Greek colonization, throughout the Mediterranean region. Dr. Tilden. First semester, three hours a week. 3 units. 108. History of Rome. A brief survey of Roman and ancient Italian history. The social and economic factors are emphasized, and the causes of the rise of the Roman Empire, as well as the reasons for its downfall, are brought out. Dr. Tilden. Second semester, three hours a week. 3 units. 110. History of the Southwest. Covering the economic and social conditions and institutions of the Southwest, this course deals with the history of its commonwealths and of those neighboring communities from which they drew their population and political ideals-. Pre-historic man and Spanish explorers and missionaries are given due share in the narrative. Dr. Wyllys. First semester, three hours a week. 3 units. 113. Medieval Europe. The story of Europe from the fall of the Roman Empire in the West to the time of the Reformation. This was the germinating period of modern nations. The Church, the Crusades, and the Holy Roman Empire are outstanding phases covered. Stress is laid on social and economic life of the period. Dr. Tilden. First semester, three hours a week. 3 units. COURSES IN SOCIAL STCDIES 114. Colonization of North America. 193 Devoting special attention to the colonial period of our country, this course surveys the history of North America from 1492 to 1783. Social and economic life are subjects of greatest emphasis. A detailed account of French and Spanish North America, and of the American ReYolution, is included. Dr. Tilden. Second semester, three hours a ·week. 116. History of Hispanic America. 3 unit>!. In view of the increasing relations between the United States and the nations to the south of us, it is felt that this course should lay stress upon the life and traditions of our Hispanic-American neighbors. A knowledge of Spanish is desirable but not essential for students choosing this course. Dr. Wyllys, Second semester, three hours a "'-eek. 3 unitJS. 202. History of the Far East. This advanced course takes up the early as well as the modern history of China and Japan, but places emphasis on the period since the opening of the nineteenth century. Special attention is given to the topic of Japanese and Russian expansion, and to conflicting international interests in the Orient. Open to upper division students only. Prerequisite: Hist. 101, 102, or equivalet. Dr. Wyllys. Second semester, three hours a ·week. 3 units. 203. American Foreign Relations. Deals not only with the machinery of American diplomacy, but also with the history and course of American foreign policies. The topics especially discussed are: the development of early American foreign policies; the problems of expansion and Manifest Destiny; the Monroe Doctrine and its application; the share of the United States in international conferences; relations with the League of Nations; and relations with other countries of the New World. Open to upper division students only. Prerequisite: History 103, 104, or equivalent. Dr. Wyllys. First semester, three hours a week. 3 units. 204. History of the American Frontier. Dealing with the movement of population westward across the lJnited States, this course is designed to show the effect of the West and the frontier upon our national life, and upon the expansion of the United States. Social and economic factors are given most attention. Open to upper division students only. Prerequisite: History 103, 104, or equivalent. Dr. Wylly.s. Second semester. three hours a week. 3 units. 194 STATE TEACHERS COLLEGE 205. The Period of the French Revolution and Napoleon. The cen- tral theme of this special course is the critical period of European history from 1789 to 1815, an era that completely altered world affairs. Stress is laid upon the Old Regime in France, the causes and leading events of the French Revolution, and the career of Napoleon Bonaparte. Open to upper division students only. (Offered in 1939-1940.) Prerequisite: History 101, 102, or equivalent. Dr. Wyllys. First semester, three hours a week. 3 units. 206. Contemporary Europe. Beginning with a brief survey of the period since 1870 and continuing through the W orld War, this course then deals with the problems of post-war Europe. Stress is laid on international organization since the War, and some of the problems discussed are: the foreign relations of Soviet Russia j the development of new alliances among the new nations; international conferences and their results; contemporary imperialism; the League of Nations; and the present conditions of most of the European countries. Open to upper division students only. Prerequisite: History 101, 102, or equivalent. 1 Dr. Tilden. Second semester, three hours a week. 3 units. 207. History of Mexico. An advanced course in Hispanic-American history. Deals with the history of the Mexican nation from colonial times to the present. Emphasis is laid upon the social, economic and racial background of the Mexican nation. A knowledge of Spanish is desirable, but not essential for students choosing this course. Open to upper division students only. Prerequisites: History 103, 104, or equivalent. Dr. Wyllys, First semester, three hours a week. 3 units 208. American Cultural History. American history has many phases. This culminating course deals with the cultural development of our people. This growth is evidenced by improvements in living conditions, in dress, in amusements, or recreation, and in music, art, and literature. Open to upper division students only. Prerequisites: Political Science 100, Hist. 103, 104, or equivalent. (Offered in 1939-1940.) Dr. Tilden. Second semester, three hours a week. 3 units. 210. Renaissance and Reformation. An advanced course dealing with the antecedents and development of the Renaissance in Italy, together with its political, economical, intellectual, and artistic phases in other European countries, and with the revolution in re- COURSES IN SOCIAL STUDIES 195 ligious and political thought which accompanied the attack upon the chUl'ch in the sixteenth century. Open to upper division students only. Prerequisites: Hist. 108, 113, or equivalent. Dr. Tilden. First semester, three hours a week. 300. Seminar in History. is sufficient. 3 units. Offered as graduate work, if demand Dr. WyIIya. Either semester. 2 units. POIJTICAL SCIENCE Pol Sci. 100. Constitutional Government. Covers the essentials pertaining to our national government and to that of Arizona. It meets the requirements of the state law on the study of the national and state constitutions. Required in the sophomore year. The course should be taken by those who wish to prepare for the constitution examination required of all candidates for graduation from the college. Required of all students for graduation, this course may not be counted toward the completion of either a major or minor in Social Studies. Not open to fint-aemester freahmen. Dr. Tilden. 3 units. Either semester. 101. Introduction to Political Scill!nce. The fundamental principles of government. Discussion of sovereignty, legislation, and the origins of the state. 3 units. First semester. 102. State GoYernmenL The workings of a typical American state government are discussed, together with the principles of administration and legislation and county government. 2 unita. Second semester. 103. Municipal Government. The methods of city government and comparison of the leading types of city administration. J units. F1rst semester. 104. American Political Parties. This course sketches the formation of the two major parties under Hamilton and Jefferson, down to the present day Republican and Democratic parties. Chief emphasis is laid upon the diametrically opposed Hamiltonian and Jeffersonian political philosophies. A dozen or more import.ant third parties come in for notice. Second semester, three hours & week. 3 units. 196 STATE TEACHERS COLLEGE 201. Comparative National Governments. A desirable background for understanding current history and the V¥Torld's changing political forms. Emphasis is laid upon the constitutional structure and political machinery of the governments of Great Britain, !!"ranee, Germany, Italy, and the Soviet Union. Open to upper division students only. Prerequisites: Hist. 101, 102, or equivalent; Pol. Sci. 100. First sen1ester, three hours a week. 3 units. 202. Public Administration. Discussion of the methods of administration as commonly practiced in the United States. Open to upper division students only. Prerequisites: Political Science 100. Second semester, three hours a week. 3 units. 203. International Law and Relations. Full treatment of the principles and practices of nations under the lav.'s of peace and war, and the conduct of international relations. First sen1ester, three hours a v;reek. 3 units. 204. Recent and Contemporary Political Thought. A critical study of political thought from the French Revolution to the present. Special attention is given to political theories which form the bases of modern governments and parties. Open to upper division students only. Prerequisite: Political Science 100. Second semester, three hours a week. 3 units. 300. Seminar in Po1itical Science. Offered as graduate work if the demand is sufficient. Open only to graduate students. Either semester. 2 units. STATISTICS SUMMARY OF REGISTRATION. 1937-1938 College Resident Students Regular Session Junicrs Seniors Men Women Freshmen 232 165 Sophomores 142 127 120 142 111 138 33 5 643 29 10 611 Total 397 269 262 249 62 15 1254 Graduate Summer Session 1937 Men ---------- Irregular Total 103 Women 283 Total 386 Extension Courses Men ............... . Women_ 81 167 Total 248 ----- Training Schools Boys -------------Girls ------------------------- 437 Total 843 -------------- 406 Total Registration In College Counted more than once. __ 1888 142 Total different students ..... . In Training Schools .... 1746 GRAND TOTAL 843 2589 SUMMARY OF GRADUATES. 1938 Prior to 1938 ................................ -Class of 1938, B. A. degree _____ _ M. A. degree ........... . 4401 249 4 4654 COMMENCEMENT 1938 BACHELOR OF ARTS IN EDUCATION January 28, 1938 Roberta Allen Rozie Mae Bice Ralph Waldo Billingsley Arthur J. Bowie Julia. Brock Winona Elizabeth Bryan Edwin Bennett Davis Frances Emilia Folsom Marjorie Louise Glendening Milne William Gregory Jerome Wayne Hensley Edward Herzberg Olive Alberta Huber Irene Keller ~ Barbara Evangeline Kidwell Juanita Gregg Laird Morris William Mcintyre Mary Wallace Newhall Mary Joyce .Newman Aletheia Josephine Pierson Frances Rhodes Lee D. Rustin Florene ?.largaret Sheldon Mary Margaret Smith Leona Guynup Stewart Sibyl Bradford Watson Bonnie Lucille Zimmerman May 31, 1938 Alfred Walter Allison Lois Elizabeth Arnold Eleazar V. Arvizu Rose Evelyn Back Theodore Edwin Baker George R. Bartlett Alma Ruth Basham Dorothy Wallace Bishop Dewey Jon Blackshare Louisa May Blackshear Emma Jean Bohn Ione Breinholt Stanford Lawerance Brimhall Irene Cummins Brown Valley May Bull N, Catherine Carns Robert Ashley Childers Chauncey Duane Clapp Harold Clemence •Joe Wilson Cobb Esther Thelma Cochran Anna L. Cooke William B. Cota Osmer 0. Crockett Virginia Louise Cundiff James Lee Curtis Gerald E. Dart Idris 1.feirion Davies Louisa Caroline Davis Hildegarde Dawson Helen M. Dickinson Florence Menetta Dunn John S. Earle Lillian Gertrude Ebell Carl Benjamin Eber Robert Beck Eckenstein Virginia Helen Esber Dorothy Lucille Estes Jack Frew Imon R. Gammage Paul James Garchar Katherine Louise Giacoma Donald Walter Gillette Gus Glitsos Hyman Gold Minerva Lois G-Onsalves Edna Mae Wilson Jl.fangum Paulo B. Manulat George Marich • David Homer Matthews Roberta Myra Maurel Malcolm Fredrick Miller Donald Walter Moore Marjorie Caroline Moore William G. 11organ Charles Orr Morris Robert Lionel Mullen, Jr. Lester Raymond 1fullins Floris Nagus ... Aiko Nakano Clyde Maurice Narramore James E. Nisbet Phyliss Louise Oby Andrew Kesterson Osborn Mary Frances Parker Dorothy Irene Parkhurst Beulah Frances Patterson Barbara Burns Payne Evangeline Peterson .1.fary Catherine Phillips Paul William Pov;rell Thelma Doris Price Worthy W. Ragsdale Margaret Redma·n George Earl Reed Barney Maxwell Reid Helen H. Reid Sara Anne Rhue Maude Cameron Roach .. Miriam Phyllis Robinson Wylma Rogers Jennie M. Root Mary E. Ro.sewarne George Austin Rylance Louise F. Sanders Annie Rose Setka Steve Setka Faye Elizabeth Shawler Ollie Julieta Simpson .. Elaine Sirrine John H. Smith Mildred Emma Smith COMMENCEMENT 199 MAY 31. 1938 (Continued) Orville Edwerd Hamm Marian D. Hansberger Alice Beatrice Hanson William Harley Harmon Gertrude T. Harris Jamie Permelia Hart Vernon Hathcock John Jacob Hausman Christine Phyllis Hicks Cornelia Gold Hines Fern Hoopes Betty Young Hotchkiss Masao Inouye Gertrude Ann James Oren M. Jones Janet Karam Blanche D. Keebler Virginia Pearl Kelly Geraldine Marie Kortsen Anne Louise Krentz Chas-. William Laing Nancy E. Land Mary Louise Libhart Frank Stephen Linhart I)Qrothy Isabel McComb Dorothy Schaeffer McLeod Marjorie Adeline McVey Carl E. Standage H. Lehman Stout Madelene Taylor Benjamin Federico Teyechea Alfred Thomas David ~aurice Thomas Pinkey Mae Thompson Mary Ellen Trask Harvey Earl Tyson Helen Elizabeth Tresnon Clare ·van Hoorebeke Dorothy M. Van Zante Barbara l\Iargaret "\,..aughn Nellie Juanita '\\raddington Cecil LeRo:f 'Vatson Arthur DaYid \Vatts Emma A. \\·atts Mary Theresa \\flerritt Joyce Ellzabeth \\flitney Ann J. '\\,..iley • Amos Jesse 'Villhoit. Jr. Elizabeth Nevin Williams Mrs. Pearl H. \Villiams Robert Birchard Williams Winona T. \Vinfred Hov.-ard Armstrong \Vynn August 31. 1938 Guy Acuff Frances R. Adams Merle Patricla Allen Albert A. Alvarado Charles E. Arciniega Sarah Rosa lain A very Calvin Eugene Bandy Edith Eileen Barnett Fred S. Biggs Francis Edward Blake Winona Beatrice Brookbank George Andrew Burrell 'Helen Cecelia Colford Sara Williams Cooley Beulah Ellen Corbell .Janet-Bryan~ ·'9Peei Georgia Mae Davis Iva Rose Decker Patrick C. Downey James Marcellus Dudley Herbert Samuel Endsley Annetta Myrtle Erickson Arthur M. Fox 'Carrie Lee Grant Helen Loretta Grant 1.Iary L. Halterman Amy Irene Hansen .Alberta Nichols Hausken• Jean Scott Herberg Edna Hodges 1 John H. Holland Helen Isabelle Bunt Harvey Richard Jernigan Leland Perks Johnston Charles C. Kiser Eunice Koch Elisabeth Adams Lander William Garcia Lerma Roe Blaine Le~·is Nelson Ha~..-ford Lincoln Anthony J. ).Ialloque Ella Lee Marr Roland William !tofartz Walter K. 1Iaxwell Ray c. Mccally Arnold Ernesto Mendoza Mrs. Louise Graham !toferri\I MaPia--D. Mat 1 ison l, Elva Pearl Neuhard .. Etta May Nicoll Ann Elizabeth Ott Mar1:in Nugent Palmer Mildred Goletha Phillips Lillian Irene Pirtle Ruth Lo,·ina Pirtle Stanley Poe Eldon Hugh Railsback Rose J. ReYello Belva Irene Ridgeway Floyd La Verne Robert=:ivian Bernice \<"ickw11.re ~fargaret Ellf'n \Voody MASTER OF ARTS IN EDUCATION f'7€ra.ld Harrison Lulu Rumbaugh Kuhns Rosalia Florian ~f11noz Catherine B. Rowland;:. SENIOR HONORS 1938 WITH HIGH DISTINCTION ANNIE ROSE SETKA ROBERT BIRCHARD WILLIAMS LOUISA MAY BLACKSHEAR ALICE BEA IBICE HANSON WITH DISTINCTION DEWEY JON BLACKSHARE WINONA ELIZABETH BRYAN N. CATHERINE CARNS IDRIS MEIRION DAVIES ROBERT BECK ECKENSTEIN HYMAN GOLD WILLIAM HARLEY HARMON JOHN JACOB HAUSMAN BETIY YOUNG HOTCHKISS JANET KARAM OOROTHY SCHAEFFER McLEOD CHARLES ORR MORRIS LESTER RAYMOND MULLINS AIKO NAKANO ALETHEIA JOSEPHINE PIERSON THELMA DORIS PRICE BARNEY MAXWELL REID HELEN H. REID JENNIE M. ROOT ALFRED THOMAS BARBARA MARGARET VAUGHN SIBYL BRADFORD WATSON ALPHA MU GAMMA AWARD ROSALIO FLORIAN MUNOZ COMMERCE AWARD ANNIE ROSE SETKA KAPPA DELTA PI AWARD ROBERT BIRCHARD WILLIAMS MOEURMEDAL IDRIS MEIRION DA VIES MOEURPIN N. CATHERINE CARNS INDEX Absence from classes, Penalty for-------------------·-··--··-·-Absence, how excused---····-------------------------------------Absentia, Degree in---------------··-------------------------- ..................... 46 46 48 Accreditation of the College..---·--·-·····-··-··-··-······---------- ----···············--- 1;;; Activities fee, (Registration fee>-------··------- 34 Administration, Officers of. .. --------········--··········-----------------Administration of the College _____________________________ --------------------- Admh;sion to the College______________________________ ·····------------- --..·····-··- i) .............. 42 65 Admission, Time of---··----------------····-6S Admission of experienced teachers----------·-···66 Admission of students from junior colleges._____ ····- 66 Advanced standing.. ·------·-···-··--·-·--···-··········---·--·--· ··-·---------- 66 Agricultural courses ________ ··--------------·----------·---· ________ SS-91 Alumni Association···----··--·---·--·---·-·-·---·---··-----23 Alumni Association, Officers of the______________ ------·- 7 Alumni Association, County chairmen of the .. ·-................... -------·········-····- 24 American Association, Membership in the__________ _______ 13 Anatoniy, Human ------·······-·······-·--·---·· . ····-······ ______________ 185 Anatomy, ~fammalian -··----------··-·--··-·---··-··--·--·· -----... 184 Anatomy, Plant -·······-··-··-······--··-····- ·-·····-··----·. ····-·· ---............ 182 Application for graduation, when made ---···------------··· ____ __ 48 Art courses·-·······--···--·--- .. ········-··--· ··-··-········-· ·-·-----82-87 Assistance for worthy students... ___ ..39-40 Associated Students----·-·-···--------------·- --·-------· --·--· -······· ........ ··········-·-·--· -·· 52 Athletic competitions, Eligibility for. -------·-······.-15, 160 Athletic Conference, Border------··---····· .. ---------------·--_____ -4,5, 53, 160 Athletics ·---·-------·-----···-·------·-·---·-·-- ·······-·····--·-·· ..... _______ 45, 53, 160 Attendance, Regulations concerning-···-··-····-··--·---·-·-·--·-···········-----·- 46 Auditing courses--·--·--···-·---............... ············--· ............ 34, 43 Auditors must register.. _ .............. 34, 4.3 Bachelor of Arts in Education, Degree of.. Bacteriology --------·--·········--·····-··-····· ················Band, Instruction iD-------·-·--·---------------··-Blological science courses ... ················-Board and room in private homes Board and room, Fee for···Board only, fee .......................... ·-······-········ Bookstore, The College.......................... . Border Athletic Conference Botany, Courses in .. ·-··-··-··· Breakage Deposit..·-···-···-··· Buildings, College ...•... -·-··----- . ..... 15, 77 .........183 .......... 55, 157 ............ 182-185 .......38, 50 35 ····-················ 37 ·-·-···· ...19, 34 ................ .45, 53. 160 ... 181-1S3 ----- 36 ..............lS-22 ' Calendar for 1938-1939.----------···· ···························-· .. 165 Camp Fire Leadership, Course in .. ---·-·---·---·····-------·17 Campus, The College ..--·--·--·-·-···· j3, 76 ......... Certification -----------·--·-·--····--·········--·-··-·······--··-················-----··· 37 Change of study program, Fee for ....------··-··---··-·· .. 1S5-1~j Chemistry, Courses in .. ·-·····-····-·················-··-················· 70 Classification of students by years and by creditr 48 Clearance required, Financial..·-······-··------------··---·· ........ 164, 165 Coaching courses ...----··----·-·-···-··-·-----··-·--··-·-------65 College aptitude test---·-····-·-··-··-·-·-··-···--------·-··----. 43 Commencement exercises, Attendance required at ..... 92~105 Commerce courses .. ·-·-······-·····-······-······--·-·······-----·-·-·-· Constitutions, Courses in the Federal and Arizona ...... . ······-······-·-······-195 ...... .47, 195 Constitution examinations required by law ... ----·-····-···-·-·· 25 Correspondence eourses .. ·-··---------·-···-------------·-···········--·--Correspondence courses, Amount of credit accepted for ....-········-·--26, 43 ....81-199 Courses offered, Description of ___ ··-··-··-··--·--·--·Courses, System of numbering..·-·······--·-·· ··----· ·-···-···---·--·- 81 ··--·--·-··---42, 81 8~~1 i~ u-;;it-or:::=:::~:::::::::~:::::::::::::::::::·---·------·-··. ·····----------···•2, 81 70 curri cu1ums. degrees, ft.nd certiftcatlon ...... -72 Curriculum, The Standard ···········-···--···-·-··· ............ 73 Curriculum, The Kindergarten-Primary g~~~i~~f~: :{:~; ~~~~~ar~-=-==-=--=~===-~:::::::::~:::.:.:=:===:::.::::::: ;~ Cutting Classes, Penalty for.·-·-··------··-··---··-··-··-··-··-··-····-······-······--·······- 46 Degree in absentia, Fee for---···········-····-·-···········································-··-·········-··· 48 Degree of Bachelor of Art.s in Educ;ation ____ ........ _..···················-··········-·······15, 77 Degree of Master of Arts in Education...·--······-···--··-··-·-·········15, 77, 78-80 Degrees conierred .......-···-·--·······-·-·········-··---··-··-·-··-·--····-·······-······················--· 77 Deposit, Breakage..·-··-·-·--·-····-------··--··---··-··································-- 36 Deposits required_·-··-··-··-··-··-··--··---··-··-··-··---······-··-··············-······-··-··-······· 36 Dining hall, The College... _ ..--····--·······-··---··········-·-···-························-··-·····-··· 19 Directed teaching.. ·-··-··-··-··-··-·-13, 30, 31, 42, 66, 72, 73, 74, 106, 107, 111, 112 Directory, Officilal... _.......... --.-······-··-··-·······-·-·-······-··········-·-··············-······---··-···-·· 7 Disqualification for deficiency in scholarshiP---··········-·-··---·-···--·········-···· 45 Dormitories ····················-·----·······-----··············-··-·····-·-----------.21, 49, 50 Dormitories for men_··-·······-··-·-·-·-··-····-----··--·······-··-·····-············--·-···-·· 50 Dormitories for wo1nen... _. ___________________________________________ ·-··········· 49 Dormitory deposit --··-····-···---··-····--·-----·--····-··--··-·-·-····-··-·--····-·- 36 ~g~ifg~~ t;;~m ··-;ese·;:;;;t1o·n::~.=:::=-.::::::::::::~:~:::::::::~~:~~::::-~~~=:=-::.:::::::::::~::::::::::~.~-: ~: Dormitory students, Personal equipment for ..·-··-············-···········-··············.49, 50 Dramatic activities _______ ............ ·-·-··-·-··---··---··--···-········-···-······-··-54, 118, 119 Dropping courses, Procedure for .......---······-·····-······-·-··········--······ ........... 44 Economics, Courses in·-·-··-··-····--··--······-······-····-··-····-···-········--··-···101, 104, 105 Education, Courses in-·····--··-·-······-···················-··················-·····························106-114 Elementary certificate ..........·-····--··-··-··································-··········--············-······-73, 76 Eligibility for athletic competitions ............ -·-··-······-··········-··········-···················45, 160 Eligibility for society membership... ---····························-··-······································- 45 Employment of students.·-·-······-··················-······-··············-······-··············-··········-··· 39 Endowment fund for aid of worthy students..........·-··-··-··········-·····················23, 39 English, Courses Jn..... ·---··········-··································-········· ···-···············115-121 Entertainment bureau..·-·······-····-···-·································-·······-······-·· ....... 55 Excess study load ..·-··-··-··-··--····-··-··-······-·············-····························· ... 43 Expenses, Basic........... ·-·····-······--····--··-··············································· ...... 24 Expenses, Summary of student.......... ·-··························-···············-···························· 35 Experience In teaching, No college credit for ..·-··-··········································.42, 66 Experience in teaching, Recognition of...... ·-··········-··-··············-··-····················.42, 66 Experienced teachers, Admission of..·-··-··-··········· .............................................. 66 Extension courses, Amount of credit accepted for ...................- ....................... 26, 43 Extension courses offered by the college ... - ..····-······················-··········· 25 Extra-curricular student activities................................................ 51 Faculty personnel .. ·-··-·························-··-······-······-··-··-··············-····-· ....... 9-12 Failure in scholarshiP---······················-······ ..................... .......................................... 45 Fee, Activities .. ·-··-·········-··-··-··-······-·····················-···································-··-··············· 34 Fee for change of program..·-···-······ ···············-···· ...................... .......... 37 Fee for late registration ..................... ..................... ... .....36, 69 Fee for late transcript of record-·-········· .......................... ............ 36 Fee for reinstatement in classes....... ................... ·······-······· 37 Fee for single room in dormitory.. ______ .... ···-··········-··················-·········· ........ 37 Fee for special examination ...-····-·············-······-·· ····-··············· ........ 37 Fee for transcript of record·-····-··-······-····················································-····· .......... 37 Fee, Library ············---········-·····--·············-··-··-················································ ..... 35 Fee, Master's degree.. ·-··-······-··-······-··············-······-·················-······ ..........35, 48 Fee, Registration, (Activities fee) ... ---·····-··············-····························34 Fee, Tuition, (Non-resident) .......... ·-··· ················-··-··········-··········· 34 Fees, Dormitory ··--······-··-····················· ........................ ............................ 35 Fees, Graduation ·······-··········-·· ···········-······· ······-······-··-··35 Fees, Laboratory __ ·········-··-··. . ···············-····· 35 Finrtl residence required ............ ---················-··-··········-······················-················· ............. 77 Financial clearance required ..............................·-··········-································ ...38, 48 minancial responsibility of students .... 38, 48 Foreign languages, Courses in ...... ····-··································-······························· .143-147 French courses ................. ·········----··.146-147 Freshman registration. ......................................... .............3, 68 Freshman tests ... _·········-······· ..... ................ 65 Geography courses Geology ···············-···· German courses .. _ ···········•············-········ Glee clubs ...... ·-········ ·········-··-··-· Government, Student participation in .. Grading ............... ··-··············-········ Graduate study...... . .......179-181 ······-·······181 ...............147 .......55, 156 ······· 52 ·················· 44 ...... 28, 78, 80 Graduates of the College, Summary of the ____________ ._____ ---197 Graduates, 1938 _198, 199 Graduation, Application for ----·---·---· _35, -iS Graduation fee ·----------------------35, 4'8 Graduation, Requirements for --------------42, 47, 48, 77 Gymnasium - - - - - - - - - - - · - - - - - - - - - - - · - - - · 21 Health examination__ ------------·----·----------·--51, 65 Heating system___________ ------·-·-··---·-----·--·------- 22 High school graduates, Admission of---------·------··---------------··-··-·· 65 History cour3es ----------------------------·--·- ·----------··-··-·--191-195 History of the College_ --------·--·---------·--··-· 15 Home economics courses . ------·-·---·-·---·-···122-l:l7 Home economics, Four year curriculum in-----------------··--·-·__123 Honor graduates, 1938 ------------------------------·-·200 Honor point system (credit for quality) -----·-------···-·-···-··---·---- -1:4 Incomplete grade marks, Removal of ______ -------------------·--·------- 44 Index of scholarshiP--·--···-···-···--·------··----·----·-----·-·-·-----·-----45 Industrial arts courses.·----------------------------·----·------- ------·---·-·-··-128-142 Infirmary, The college ___······-----------------··--·-···- ..................20, 51 Information, General--···-----------------------------------------------·--·-··------------- 23 Journalism ------------------------------------·--------·--------- __ Junior colleges, Admission of students from _____________ _ .. ____ 56, 117 ·--·-·-----------· 66 Kindergarten-primary courses -----------·-------------------·-·-----·-------·-----------111, 112 Kindergarten-primary major---·-·-·------·--------------------·--·----·--73 Laboratory fees ..·-----·-···---··-------·-··-·- -··-·-----------------··----··--·--------·-···35. 36 Languages, Foreign--------···-----··------···----------·-···-···-·--·-···-··-··-- ..... 143-14 7 Late class card, Fee for·---------------------------------···-······-··--·-··········- 37 Late registration fee _________________ -------·-·----------------------------------------·-3 6, 69 Late transcript fee------------------------·--·--·----·-···---·-····---·-···· 36 Lectures and entertainments--------------------------------------____ 55 Library, Children's .. ------------···--··-····-······--·--···--··--·----··-··-··-----·-------------······- 32 Llbrary fee -·-------------··----------------------------------------··--·-·-··------------32, 35 Library, The general-----------·--········------------------··----------- 32 Library hours---------------------------------------------·-·---···-·-··-···-···- 33 Library, The training school--------------------------------··-···--------·····-·-·-··········· ;{3 Library rules -------------------------·--··--------- ---------------------------·-·--·---- 33 Literary societies---------------·------------·------------------------·--·----·-··· 62 Living arrangements for students--------·-·-----------------------------·------- 49 Load, Student study_____ ·-----··---------------------·-------42, 43, 69 Loan funds---··----·-·---------------------------------------------------23, H9 Location of the College -------------·--·------------16 Lower and upper division------------------------------------------________ 70, 72 Major defined.·-·-·-·-----·----------··_________ 71, 75 :ri.rarking system·------------------------------------------------------------·------------··-·--·· 44 Master of Arts in Education, Degree of._______ 15, 77, 78-80 Master's degree. Fee for the·-·-····--·-------------·--··-·----------------------35, 48 Mathematics courses __ ·---------------------------------------------------·-·-----148-150 Matthews LibrarY----·····-----·--·-··-·--·--------------------------··-·--·-···--··----20, 32 ?i.Iature students, Admission of_______ ... ----·· _·-----·--- .... 66 Meal tickets--------------------------------------·---·------------------37 Meals for guests·-···-·-··-----------------------------------------------------·- 37 Medical care of students----·-···--·----··-·---------------------·-··············--··-·--·· 51 Minor defined--·----------------------------------------------------------·-·--·-·-··----- 71 Musical activities------------------·-------·-···--·---····-··-------·--·-·-·· 55 Music courses.·---·-·-------·-·--------·--··-------·--···--·--·--·-----·------ ....151-159 Non -resident tuition fee--------------------------------------·--···-·--------------···-·· 34 North Central Association, Membership In-----·-··-···-------------- 13 Off-campus housing _________ ·----------------------------------------------· ···-·-·--··-·- 38. 50 Officers of administration _________________________________________ --------···-··-·· 8 Official directorY--------------------------·----·--------------------·-·----·-----··--- 7 Organizations, Student-------·-------------------------------··-·--··--------------·-····-57 Orchestra --·-···-···-·------·- ····-·----------------------·---------------------·-- ... 55, 156 Papago Park, recreation area..-----------------------·--------------····-- 16 Participation in government, Student----------------··---------------·-- 57 Physical education courses·---·----·-----------------·--··--···--··-···-------160-168 Physical examination ---·-·-··--·--··-··------------------------------------·------------------51, 65 Physics courses ..·-··-·······-······-··-··-···············-················· ·······-······-······-···---187-188 Physiology, Human -··············-·········-······-······-······-······-····--······---··-········-···-···-·--·182 Physiology, Plant ·······-··········-·-···············--·-··--·-·-·---·-·-·····-····--····-·-····--184 Piano, Instruction in..................................................·-··········-················-······---········-···-155 Placement of commerce students upon graduation.·--··········-········-··-··-··.29, 93 Placement of graduates in teaching positions...·----·-·····-·············-··-······-·- 28 Practice teaching..........·--·-······.13, 30, 31, 4.2, 66, 72, 73, 74., 106, 107, 111 111 Private homes, Room and board in_·-··············---·-··-··-··················-······---.....'.-38 Prizes for scholarship ....... -·-···-···································-······-····················--··············-···40-41 Program, Normal student study..·-······-·····-··-··-·-----·-······-··-··········--····-·-···-··-··· 42 Psychology courses ..·-······-······················-··-··········-·-·······-·-··············-··-·········-····169-171 Publications, Student ................----······················································-··-··········-······-··-·····56 Purpose and objectives of the College ............·-···········-·································-···-·· 13 Refund of fees .............. ············-··········-·········-······-····· ................. 38 Registration ·······-···········-·············-······················-····· ·············-··· 68 Registration fee, (activity fee)............................ ·············-··-······· 34 Registration statistics for 1937-1938 ..........---·-··· ···············-··············-··············.197 Reinstatement after prolonged absences........ ·················-··-··-···············37, 46, 47 Reinstatement, Fee for··········-············- ..................................................... ············-···37, 47 Religious organizations ...... ········-··-······-······ ... 64 Reports of scholarship.......................... ___ ................................. . .. .............. 45 Reservation of dormitory room, Deposit required for. 36 Residence requirements for graduation ... _ .................... ····················-···· .................. 77 Responsibility of students, Financial......... ····················-··············-···38, 48 Rural education, Major in............................... ................................. _ ............ 107 Rural training schools............. ....31, 107 Scholarship index ·······-··········-···-·········-·················-············ ··-·-·-· 45 Scholarship requirements ·············--······--····-·················-···········-···················-······-4.5, 47 Scholarship standards ···········-······-·······--··-····-·-··············-··········-························-··-··· 45 Scholarships ·······-··-······-···············-·-·····-··············-··········································-··-·······23, 41 Scholarship, Unsatisfactory... -··························-·····························-··············-·····-······· 45 Science courses·······-···························-··· ·············-··-··················-···················-····172, 188 Scout leadership courses................ ·············-······-························-·······················164 Secondary certification .... ·······························-··········································· 74 Semester hour unit defined ................ ···············-··········-··············-··-········-······-·······42, 81 Setting, The College .......................-··············-······-··-······-·····················-·········· .............. 16 Single room, Fee for .......... ·-··············-··············-··-··-·······. ·············-··· 37 Social organizations .. ·-···· ................... .... ............... ............... 57 Social studies, Courses in ..........·-············ ..............189-196 Societies, Student. ........ ·-····-··-················· ... 57·64 Spanish courses ....................... _ ...................... 143-147 Speech, Courses in .. ·-··························-································-·· ..116, 117, 118, 119 Standards of scholarship.......................... ························-·············· ................ 45 STATE PRESS, student ne1'.'spaper ··································-··-·· ................................. 56 Student life on the campus............. ············-··············-······ .............................. 49 Summary of registration, 1937-1938 ·········-··-·································-···················197 Summer session ....................... ·-··-·· ....... 27-28 Teaching experience, Recognition of... ................................ . ...................... .42, 66 Teaching, Directed..·-··-·············· 13, 30, 31, 42. 66, 72. 73, 74, 106, 1(17, 111, 112 Test, College aptitude............. .............................. . ····························· 65 ..... 65 Tests, Freshman ..................... . ... 34 Textbooks, where procured ... . Time of admission to the College...... ··················· 68 ........19, 30-32 Training schools ................................................. . ···-···36, 68 Transcript of high school record required 69 Transcript of previous college record required Transcript of record, Fee for official..................... ········-····· 37 Tuition fee, Non-resident. .....·-··-········ .......................... ·•···•········ 34 1Jnexplained absences, Penalty for. Unit of credit defined..·-··········-············· Unsatisfactory scholarship .................... Upper and lower division .. ··-··············· ..............42, ······················· ..........43, 70, Women's athletics ···-··-··············-· Women's halls, Council of......... Women Students, Associated .. ·····-···········-·· 63 ·············-······· 53 Zoology cour.!!es .. 46 81 45 7! 52 ..... 132-1~4